TW202311856A - Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask and manufacturing method of vapor deposition mask - Google Patents

Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask and manufacturing method of vapor deposition mask Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202311856A
TW202311856A TW111127242A TW111127242A TW202311856A TW 202311856 A TW202311856 A TW 202311856A TW 111127242 A TW111127242 A TW 111127242A TW 111127242 A TW111127242 A TW 111127242A TW 202311856 A TW202311856 A TW 202311856A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
photosensitive layer
mass
compounds
deposition mask
transfer film
Prior art date
Application number
TW111127242A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
有冨隆志
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202311856A publication Critical patent/TW202311856A/en

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Physical Vapour Deposition (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a transfer film for forming a deposition mask capable of forming a photoresist pattern with few defects and applications thereof. A transfer film for forming a deposition mask and applications thereof are provided, wherein the transfer film for forming a deposition mask sequentially includes: a pseudo-support; and a photosensitive layer comprising a polymer having an acid value of 30 mg KOH/g or more. An intermediate layer before the pseudo-support and the photosensitive layer can be further provided. The average thickness of the pseudo-support is 50 [mu]m or less.

Description

沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜及沉積遮罩之製造方法Transfer film for deposition mask formation and manufacturing method of deposition mask

本揭示係關於一種沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜及沉積遮罩之製造方法。The disclosure relates to a transfer film for forming a deposition mask and a method for manufacturing the deposition mask.

例如,沉積遮罩被用作藉由沉積法形成之圖案的原版。作為沉積法的代表例,已知有真空沉積法。例如,在使用具有貫通孔之沉積遮罩之真空沉積法中,從汽化源汽化之物質通過配置於對象物上之沉積遮罩的貫通孔而附著於對象物上,從而形成圖案。例如,沉積遮罩的貫通孔藉由光微影來形成(例如,參閱下述專利文獻1及下述專利文獻2)。For example, a deposition mask is used as a master for a pattern formed by deposition. A vacuum deposition method is known as a representative example of the deposition method. For example, in a vacuum deposition method using a deposition mask having through holes, a substance vaporized from a vaporization source passes through the through holes of the deposition mask disposed on the object and adheres to the object to form a pattern. For example, the through holes of the deposition mask are formed by photolithography (for example, refer to the following patent document 1 and the following patent document 2).

[專利文獻1] 日本特開2020-002470號公報 [專利文獻2] 日本特開2019-214788號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-002470 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-214788

從光阻層的厚度均勻性的觀點而言,正在研究使用轉印膜之沉積遮罩之製造方法。例如,在使用轉印膜之沉積遮罩之製造方法中,沉積遮罩經過用作沉積遮罩的原材料之基材與轉印膜的貼合、曝光、顯影以及光阻剝離步驟而製造。在沉積遮罩之製造方法中,轉印膜形成光阻圖案,光阻圖案在蝕刻中保護基材的一部分。From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity of a photoresist layer, a method of manufacturing a deposition mask using a transfer film is being studied. For example, in the method of manufacturing a deposition mask using a transfer film, the deposition mask is manufactured through the steps of laminating, exposing, developing, and photoresist stripping of the base material used as the raw material of the deposition mask and the transfer film. In the method of depositing a mask, the transfer film forms a photoresist pattern, which protects a part of the substrate during etching.

然而,在使用轉印膜之沉積遮罩之製造方法中,有時轉印膜(尤其是感光性層)對基材的密接性低。例如,若基材與轉印膜的密接性低,則有可能產生光阻圖案的缺損。However, in the manufacturing method of the deposition mask using a transfer film, the adhesiveness of a transfer film (especially a photosensitive layer) to a base material may be low. For example, when the adhesiveness between the base material and the transfer film is low, there is a possibility that the photoresist pattern may be chipped.

本揭示的一實施形態的目的在於提供一種能夠形成缺損少的光阻圖案之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜。 本揭示的另一實施形態的目的在於提供一種使用能夠形成缺損少的光阻圖案之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜之沉積遮罩之製造方法。 An object of an embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a transfer film for deposition mask formation capable of forming a photoresist pattern with few defects. An object of another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method of manufacturing a deposition mask using a deposition mask forming a transfer film capable of forming a resist pattern with few defects.

本揭示包括以下態樣。 <1>一種沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其依序包括:偽支撐體;及感光性層,包含具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物。 <2>如<1>所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述聚合物的酸值為270mgKOH/g以下。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述感光性層的酸值為15mg/KOH以上。 <4>如<1>或<2>所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述感光性層的酸值為135mg/KOH以下。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其在上述偽支撐體與上述感光性層之間包括中間層。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述偽支撐體的平均厚度為50μm以下。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述偽支撐體的霧度值為5%以下。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述聚合物的重量平均分子量為10,000以上。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述聚合物包含具有芳香環之構成單元。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述感光性層包含具有雙酚A結構之聚合性化合物。 <11>如<1>至<10>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述感光性層包含選自包括具有肟酯結構之化合物、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之化合物、具有醯基氧化膦結構之化合物及具有三芳基咪唑結構之化合物之群組中之至少一種聚合起始劑。 <12>如<1>至<11>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述感光性層包含選自包括二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧蒽酮(xanthone)化合物、噻噸酮化合物、吖啶酮化合物、口咢唑化合物、苯并口咢唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物、茋化合物、三口井化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳基胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物之群組中之至少一種增感劑。 <13>如<1>至<12>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中上述感光性層包含聚合抑制劑。 <14>如<1>至<13>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中90℃下之上述感光性層的儲存彈性係數為1.0×10 6Pa以下。 <15>如<1>至<14>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中30℃下之上述感光性層的複數黏度為1.0×10 4Pa以上。 <16>一種沉積遮罩之製造方法,其包括如下步驟:準備<1>至<15>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜;準備具有第1面及上述第1面的相反側的第2面之基材;將上述基材與上述轉印膜進行貼合而在上述基材的上述第1面上依序配置上述轉印膜中所包括之感光性層及偽支撐體;對配置於上述基材上之上述感光性層進行圖案曝光;對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之後,對上述感光性層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案;形成上述光阻圖案之後,對上述基材實施蝕刻處理而形成從上述基材的上述第1面延伸至上述基材的上述第2面之貫通孔;及形成上述貫通孔之後,去除上述光阻圖案。 <17>如<16>所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中上述第1面的表面粗糙度Ra為1.0μm以下。 <18>如<16>或<17>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中上述基材包括具有30μm以下的平均厚度之金屬層。 <19>如<18>所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中上述金屬層包含鐵。 <20>如<16>至<19>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中上述基材的上述第2面中的上述貫通孔的直徑為35μm以下。 [發明效果] This disclosure includes the following aspects. <1> A transfer film for forming a deposition mask, which includes in this order: a dummy support; and a photosensitive layer containing a polymer having an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more. <2> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to <1>, wherein the polymer has an acid value of 270 mgKOH/g or less. <3> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to <1> or <2>, wherein the acid value of the photosensitive layer is 15 mg/KOH or more. <4> The transfer film for deposition mask formation as described in <1> or <2> in which the acid value of the said photosensitive layer is 135 mg/KOH or less. <5> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of <1> to <4>, which includes an intermediate layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive layer. <6> The transfer film for forming a deposition mask according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the average thickness of the dummy support is 50 μm or less. <7> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the haze value of the dummy support is 5% or less. <8> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the polymer has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 or more. <9> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the polymer includes a structural unit having an aromatic ring. <10> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the photosensitive layer contains a polymerizable compound having a bisphenol A structure. <11> The transfer film for forming a deposition mask according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the photosensitive layer contains a compound selected from compounds having an oxime ester structure, α-hydroxyalkylbenzene At least one polymerization initiator in the group of compounds having a ketone structure, compounds having an acyl phosphine oxide structure, and compounds having a triaryl imidazole structure. <12> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the photosensitive layer contains a compound selected from dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline Compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, azole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds , at least one sensitizer selected from the group consisting of stilbene compounds, sankoujing compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridine compounds. <13> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the photosensitive layer contains a polymerization inhibitor. <14> The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the storage elastic coefficient of the photosensitive layer at 90° C. is 1.0×10 6 Pa or less. <15> The transfer film for forming a deposition mask according to any one of <1> to <14>, wherein the complex viscosity of the photosensitive layer at 30° C. is 1.0×10 4 Pa or more. <16> A method for manufacturing a deposition mask, comprising the following steps: preparing the transfer film for forming a deposition mask according to any one of <1> to <15>; preparing a transfer film having a first surface and the above-mentioned first surface The base material on the second surface opposite to the base material; the base material and the transfer film are bonded together, and the photosensitive layer and dummy layer included in the transfer film are sequentially arranged on the first surface of the base material. support body; pattern exposure of the above photosensitive layer disposed on the above substrate; after pattern exposure of the above photosensitive layer, developing treatment of the above photosensitive layer to form a photoresist pattern; after forming the above photoresist pattern, Etching the substrate to form a through hole extending from the first surface of the substrate to the second surface of the substrate; and removing the photoresist pattern after forming the through hole. <17> The method for producing a deposition mask according to <16>, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the first surface is 1.0 μm or less. <18> The method for producing a deposition mask according to any one of <16> or <17>, wherein the base material includes a metal layer having an average thickness of 30 μm or less. <19> The method of manufacturing a deposition mask according to <18>, wherein the metal layer contains iron. <20> The method for producing a deposition mask according to any one of <16> to <19>, wherein the diameter of the through hole on the second surface of the substrate is 35 μm or less. [Invention effect]

依本揭示的一實施形態,可提供能夠形成缺損少的光阻圖案之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜。 依本揭示的另一實施形態,可提供使用能夠形成缺損少的光阻圖案之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜之沉積遮罩之製造方法。 According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, a transfer film for forming a deposition mask capable of forming a photoresist pattern with few defects can be provided. According to another embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided a method of manufacturing a deposition mask using a deposition mask capable of forming a resist pattern with few defects.

以下,對本揭示的實施形態進行詳細說明。本揭示並不受以下實施形態的任何限制。以下實施形態可以在本揭示的目的的範圍內適當進行變更。Embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail below. This disclosure is not limited by the following embodiments. The following embodiments can be appropriately modified within the scope of the purpose of the present disclosure.

當參閱圖式對本揭示的實施形態進行說明時,有時省略在圖式中重複之構成要素及符號的說明。在圖式中使用相同符號表示之構成要素係指相同的構成要素。圖式中的尺寸的比率並不一定表示實際尺寸的比率。When describing embodiments of the present disclosure with reference to the drawings, descriptions of constituent elements and symbols that overlap in the drawings may be omitted. Components represented by the same symbols in the drawings refer to the same components. The ratio of dimensions in the drawings does not necessarily mean the ratio of actual dimensions.

在本揭示中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍表示包含記載於“~”前之數值作為下限值且包含記載於“~”前之數值作為上限值之範圍。在本揭示中階段性地記載之數值範圍中,以某一數值範圍記載之上限值或下限值可以被替換為其他階段性記載的數值範圍的上限值或下限值。又,在本揭示中所記載之數值範圍中,以某一數值範圍記載之上限值或下限值亦可以被替換為實施例所示之值。In the present disclosure, a numerical range represented by "-" means a range including the numerical value before "-" as the lower limit and the numerical value before "-" as the upper limit. In the numerical ranges described step by step in this disclosure, the upper limit or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced by the upper limit or lower limit of other numerical ranges described stepwise. Moreover, in the numerical range described in this indication, the upper limit or the lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in an Example.

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯酸基”表示丙烯酸基、甲基丙烯酸基、或丙烯酸基及甲基丙烯酸基這兩者。In the present disclosure, a "(meth)acryl group" means an acryl group, a methacryl group, or both of an acryl group and a methacryl group.

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、或丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者。In this disclosure, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate, methacrylate, or both of acrylate and methacrylate.

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、或丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者。In the present disclosure, "(meth)acryl" means acryl, methacryl, or both of acryl and methacryl.

在本揭示中,關於組成物中的各成分的量,當在組成物中存在複數種對應於各成分之物質時,只要沒有特別指定,則指存在於組成物中的對應之複數種物質的合計量。In this disclosure, the amount of each component in the composition refers to the amount of the corresponding plurality of substances present in the composition when there are a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition, unless otherwise specified. total amount.

在本揭示中,“步驟”這一術語不僅包含獨立的步驟,當可達成預期目的時,亦包含無法與其他步驟明確區分之步驟。In the present disclosure, the term "step" not only includes independent steps, but also includes steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps when the intended purpose can be achieved.

在本揭示中,未記載“經取代”及“未經取代”之基(原子團)包含不具有取代基之基(原子團)及具有取代基之基(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(亦即,未經取代之烷基),還包含具有取代基之烷基(亦即,經取代之烷基)。In this disclosure, a group (atomic group) that does not describe "substituted" and "unsubstituted" includes a group (atomic group) that does not have a substituent and a group (atomic group) that has a substituent. For example, "alkyl" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (ie, an unsubstituted alkyl group), but also an alkyl group with a substituent (ie, a substituted alkyl group).

在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則“曝光”不僅包括使用光之曝光,還包括使用電子束、離子束等粒子射線之描繪。又,作為用於曝光之光,一般可以舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線(活性能量射線)。In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In addition, the light used for exposure generally includes the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and other active rays (active energy rays). .

本揭示中的化學結構式有時以省略了氫原子之簡略結構式來記載。The chemical structural formulas in this disclosure may be described as simplified structural formulas in which hydrogen atoms are omitted.

在本揭示中,“質量%”的含義與“重量%”相同,“質量份”的含義與“重量份”相同。In the present disclosure, "mass %" has the same meaning as "weight %", and "mass part" has the same meaning as "weight part".

在本揭示中,2個以上的較佳態樣的組合為更佳的態樣。In this disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred aspects is a more preferred aspect.

在本揭示中,“透明”係指波長400nm~700nm的可見光的平均透射率為80%以上,較佳為90%以上。In the present disclosure, "transparent" means that the average transmittance of visible light with a wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm is 80% or more, preferably 90% or more.

在本揭示中,可見光的平均透射率係使用分光光度計測量之值,例如能夠使用Hitachi, Ltd.製造之分光光度計U-3310而測量。In the present disclosure, the average transmittance of visible light is a value measured using a spectrophotometer, for example, it can be measured using a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.

只要沒有特別指定,則本揭示中的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)係利用使用TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(均為TOSOH CORPORATION製造之商品名)的管柱之凝膠滲透層析(GPC)分析裝置並利用溶劑THF(四氫呋喃)、示差折射計進行檢測,且使用聚苯乙烯作為標準物質而換算之分子量。Unless otherwise specified, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) in this disclosure are gels using columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all are trade names manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION). The permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis device uses the solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer for detection, and uses polystyrene as a standard substance to convert the molecular weight.

在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則金屬元素的含量係使用感應耦合電漿(ICP:Inductively Coupled Plasma)分光分析裝置測量之值。In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the content of metal elements is a value measured using an inductively coupled plasma (ICP: Inductively Coupled Plasma) spectroscopic analyzer.

在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則折射率係在波長550nm下使用橢圓偏光計測量之值。In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the refractive index is a value measured using an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm.

在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則色相係使用色差計(CR-221,Minolta Co.,Ltd.製造)測量之值。In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the hue is a value measured using a color difference meter (CR-221, manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd.).

在本揭示中,“鹼可溶性”係指對液溫為22℃的碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。In the present disclosure, "alkali solubility" means that the solubility to 100 g of a 1 mass % aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at a liquid temperature of 22° C. is 0.1 g or more.

在本揭示中,“水溶性”係指對液溫為22℃的pH7.0的水100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。In the present disclosure, "water solubility" means that the solubility to 100 g of water of pH 7.0 at a liquid temperature of 22° C. is 0.1 g or more.

在本揭示中,“固體成分”係指除溶劑以外的所有成分。除溶劑以外的液體成分包含於固體成分中。In the present disclosure, "solid content" refers to all components except the solvent. Liquid components other than the solvent are contained in the solid component.

在本揭示中,序數詞(例如,“第1”及“第2”)係為了區分要素而使用之術語,並不限制要素的數量及要素的優劣。In this disclosure, ordinal numbers (for example, "1st" and "2nd") are terms used to distinguish elements, and do not limit the number of elements and the quality of elements.

<沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜> 以下,對本揭示之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜(以下,有時簡稱為“轉印膜”。)進行說明。在一實施形態中,沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜依序包括偽支撐體和包含具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物之感光性層。依如上所述之實施形態,可提供能夠形成缺損少的光阻圖案之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜。可形成缺損少的光阻圖案之原因推斷如下。若藉由基材與轉印膜的貼合而將感光性層配置於基材上,則在感光性層中所包含之具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物與基材的成分(例如,金屬及金屬氧化物)之間產生相互作用,藉此感光性層與基材的密接性提高。例如,具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物中所包含之酸性官能基(亦即,酸基)有助於密接性的提高。若密接性提高,則在沉積遮罩的製造過程中,可防止或減少形成光阻圖案之感光性層或感光性層的硬化物的缺損(例如,缺失及剝落)。其結果,可形成缺損少的光阻圖案。 <Transfer film for deposition mask formation> Hereinafter, the transfer film for deposition mask formation of this indication (it may only be called a "transfer film" hereafter.) is demonstrated. In one embodiment, the transfer film for deposition mask formation includes a dummy support and a photosensitive layer containing a polymer having an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more in this order. According to the embodiment described above, a transfer film for deposition mask formation capable of forming a photoresist pattern with few defects can be provided. The reason why a photoresist pattern with few defects can be formed is estimated as follows. If the photosensitive layer is arranged on the substrate by laminating the substrate and the transfer film, the polymer with an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more contained in the photosensitive layer and the components of the substrate (such as , metals and metal oxides) interact with each other, thereby improving the adhesion between the photosensitive layer and the substrate. For example, the acidic functional group (ie, acid group) contained in the polymer which has an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more contributes to the improvement of adhesiveness. If the adhesion is improved, defects (for example, chipping and peeling) of the photosensitive layer forming the photoresist pattern or the cured product of the photosensitive layer can be prevented or reduced during the manufacturing process of the deposition mask. As a result, a resist pattern with few defects can be formed.

[偽支撐體] 轉印膜包括偽支撐體。偽支撐體係支撐轉印層且能夠從轉印層剝離之支撐體。轉印層係指轉印膜中的除偽支撐體以外的、在使用轉印膜時藉由轉印膜與對象物的貼合而配置於對象物上之層。轉印層的結構可以為單層結構或多層結構。例如,感光性層為轉印層。例如,後述的中間層亦為轉印層。 [pseudo-support] The transfer film includes a pseudo-support. The pseudo support system is a support that supports the transfer layer and can be peeled off from the transfer layer. The transfer layer refers to a layer other than the dummy support in the transfer film, which is arranged on the object by bonding the transfer film and the object when the transfer film is used. The structure of the transfer layer may be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. For example, the photosensitive layer is a transfer layer. For example, the intermediate layer mentioned later is also a transfer layer.

偽支撐體的結構可以為單層結構或多層結構。The structure of the pseudo-support can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure.

偽支撐體為薄膜為較佳,樹脂薄膜為更佳。作為偽支撐體,具有可撓性且在加壓下或加壓及加熱下不會發生明顯的變形、收縮或伸長之薄膜為較佳。作為樹脂薄膜,例如可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜(例如,雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜、聚醯亞胺薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。偽支撐體為聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。在用作偽支撐體之薄膜中無褶皺等變形及劃痕為較佳。The pseudo-support is preferably a film, more preferably a resin film. As the pseudo-support, a film that is flexible and does not undergo significant deformation, shrinkage or elongation under pressure or under pressure and heat is preferred. Examples of resin films include polyethylene terephthalate films (for example, biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate films), polymethyl methacrylate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene film, polyimide film and polycarbonate film. The pseudo-support is preferably polyethylene terephthalate film. It is preferable that there is no deformation such as wrinkles and scratches in the film used as a pseudo-support.

從能夠經由偽支撐體進行圖案曝光之觀點而言,偽支撐體具有高透明性為較佳。365nm的透射率為60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。From the viewpoint of enabling pattern exposure through the dummy support, it is preferable that the dummy support has high transparency. The transmittance at 365nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more.

從偽支撐體的透明性及經過經由偽支撐體之曝光而形成之圖案的直線性的觀點而言,減小偽支撐體的霧度值為較佳。偽支撐體的霧度值為5%以下為較佳,2%以下為更佳,0.5%以下為進一步較佳,0.1%以下為特佳。偽支撐體的霧度值的下限並不受限制。偽支撐體的霧度值的下限可以為0.01%或0.001%。使用霧度計(例如,NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES Co.,LTD.製造之霧度計NDH400)測量霧度值。From the viewpoint of the transparency of the pseudo-support and the linearity of the pattern formed by exposure through the pseudo-support, it is preferable to reduce the haze value of the pseudo-support. The haze value of the pseudo-support is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 2% or less, still more preferably 0.5% or less, and particularly preferably 0.1% or less. The lower limit of the haze value of the pseudo-support is not limited. The lower limit of the haze value of the pseudo-support may be 0.01% or 0.001%. The haze value is measured using a haze meter (eg, haze meter NDH400 manufactured by NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES Co., LTD.).

從經由偽支撐體之圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,偽支撐體中所包含之粗大粒子、異物及缺陷的數量少為較佳。偽支撐體中的直徑1μm以上的粒子、異物及缺陷的數量為50個/10mm 2以下為較佳,10個/10mm 2以下為更佳,3個/10mm 2以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm 2為特佳。 From the viewpoint of the pattern formation property at the time of pattern exposure through the dummy support and the transparency of the dummy support, it is preferable that the number of coarse particles, foreign matter and defects contained in the dummy support is small. The number of particles, foreign substances, and defects with a diameter of 1 μm or more in the pseudo-support is preferably 50 pieces/10mm2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces/10mm2 or less, more preferably 3 pieces/10mm2 or less, and 0 pieces /10mm 2 is especially good.

從經由偽支撐體之圖案曝光中的解析性的觀點而言,偽支撐體的平均厚度為200μm以下為較佳,100μm以下為更佳,50μm以下為進一步較佳。偽支撐體的平均厚度為5μm以上為較佳,10μm以上為更佳。偽支撐體的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而算出。The average thickness of the dummy support is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less, and still more preferably 50 μm or less, from the viewpoint of resolution in pattern exposure through the dummy support. The average thickness of the pseudo-support is preferably 5 μm or more, more preferably 10 μm or more. The average thickness of the pseudo-support was calculated by the arithmetic mean of the thicknesses at 5 places measured in cross-sectional observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

作為較佳的偽支撐體,例如可以舉出厚度16μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、厚度12μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜及厚度9μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜。As a preferable pseudo support, for example, a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 16 μm, a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 12 μm, and a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 9 μm Stretched polyethylene terephthalate film.

偽支撐體的較佳態樣例如記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0017段落~0018段落、日本特開2016-27363號公報的0019段落~0026段落、國際公開第2012/081680號的0041段落~0057段落、國際公開第2018/179370號的0029段落~0040段落及日本特開2019-101405號公報的0012段落~0032段落中。上述公報藉由參閱而被併入本說明書中。Preferable aspects of the pseudo-support are described, for example, in paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of JP-A-2014-85643, in paragraphs 0019-0026 of JP-A-2016-27363, and in 0041 of International Publication No. 2012/081680. Paragraphs to 0057, paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370, and paragraphs 0012 to 0032 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-101405. The above publications are incorporated into this specification by reference.

從操作性的觀點而言,偽支撐體可以包含含粒子層。偽支撐體可以包括基材層和含粒子層。作為基材層,例如可以舉出已敘述的樹脂薄膜。含粒子層作為具有多層結構之偽支撐體的單側或兩側的最外層而配置為較佳。含粒子層中所包含之粒子的直徑為0.05μm~0.8μm為較佳。含粒子層的平均厚度為0.05μm~1.0μm為較佳。含粒子層的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而算出。From an operational point of view, the pseudo-support may comprise a particle-containing layer. A pseudo-support may include a substrate layer and a particle-containing layer. As a base material layer, the resin film mentioned above is mentioned, for example. The particle-containing layer is preferably disposed as the outermost layer on one or both sides of the pseudo-support having a multilayer structure. The diameter of the particles contained in the particle-containing layer is preferably 0.05 μm to 0.8 μm. The average thickness of the particle-containing layer is preferably 0.05 μm to 1.0 μm. The average thickness of the particle-containing layer was calculated from the arithmetic mean of the thicknesses at five locations measured in cross-sectional observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

[感光性層] 轉印膜包括感光性層。感光性層可以為負型感光性層。感光性層亦可以為正型感光性層。 [Photosensitive layer] The transfer film includes a photosensitive layer. The photosensitive layer may be a negative photosensitive layer. The photosensitive layer may also be a positive photosensitive layer.

(聚合物) 感光性層包含聚合物。具體而言,感光性層包含具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物。若聚合物的酸值為30mgKOH/g以上,則在使用轉印膜之沉積遮罩之製造方法中,用作沉積遮罩的原材料之基材與轉印膜的密接性提高,其結果,可形成缺損少的光阻圖案。聚合物的酸值為60mgKOH/g以上為較佳,120mgKOH/g以上為更佳,150mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。此外,聚合物的酸值為170mgKOH/g以上為較佳,200mgKOH/g以上為更佳,220mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。從防止或減少在顯影過程中形成光阻圖案之感光性層或感光性層的硬化物的剝落之觀點而言,聚合物的酸值為270mgKOH/g以下為較佳,250mgKOH/g以下為更佳,220mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。此外,聚合物的酸值為200mgKOH/g以下為較佳,190mgKOH/g以下為更佳。酸值係中和試樣1g所需要之氫氧化鉀的質量[mg]。酸值由化合物中的酸基的平均含量算出。聚合物的酸值例如利用構成聚合物之構成單元的種類及包含酸基之構成單元的含量進行調整。 (polymer) The photosensitive layer contains a polymer. Specifically, the photosensitive layer contains a polymer having an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more. If the acid value of the polymer is 30 mgKOH/g or more, in the method of manufacturing a deposition mask using a transfer film, the adhesion between the substrate used as a raw material for the deposition mask and the transfer film is improved, and as a result, it is possible to A photoresist pattern with few defects is formed. The acid value of the polymer is preferably at least 60 mgKOH/g, more preferably at least 120 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably at least 150 mgKOH/g. In addition, the acid value of the polymer is preferably at least 170 mgKOH/g, more preferably at least 200 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably at least 220 mgKOH/g. From the viewpoint of preventing or reducing the peeling of the photosensitive layer or the cured product of the photosensitive layer that forms the photoresist pattern in the developing process, the acid value of the polymer is preferably below 270mgKOH/g, more preferably below 250mgKOH/g Preferably, 220 mgKOH/g or less is more preferred. In addition, the acid value of the polymer is preferably at most 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably at most 190 mgKOH/g. The acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample. The acid value was calculated from the average content of acid groups in the compound. The acid value of a polymer is adjusted by the kind of the structural unit which comprises a polymer, and content of the structural unit containing an acid group, for example.

聚合物的重量平均分子量為10,000以上為較佳,20,000以上為更佳。若聚合物的重量平均分子量為10,000以上,則可防止或減少在顯影過程中形成光阻圖案之感光性層或感光性層的硬化物的剝落。從解析性及顯影性的觀點而言,聚合物的重量平均分子量為500,000以下為較佳,100,000以下為更佳,80,000以下為進一步較佳。聚合物的分散度為1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為特佳。重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)藉由凝膠滲透層析而測量。分散度係重量平均分子量相對於數量平均分子量之比(亦即,重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer is preferably at least 10,000, more preferably at least 20,000. If the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is 10,000 or more, peeling of the photosensitive layer or the cured product of the photosensitive layer for forming the photoresist pattern during development can be prevented or reduced. From the viewpoint of resolution and developability, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is preferably at most 500,000, more preferably at most 100,000, and still more preferably at most 80,000. The degree of dispersion of the polymer is preferably from 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably from 1.0 to 5.0, still more preferably from 1.0 to 4.0, and particularly preferably from 1.0 to 3.0. Weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) were measured by gel permeation chromatography. Dispersion is the ratio of weight average molecular weight to number average molecular weight (ie, weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight).

聚合物包含具有芳香環之構成單元為較佳。若聚合物包含具有芳香環之構成單元,則來自於上述構成單元的疏水性而可防止或減少在顯影過程中形成光阻圖案之感光性層或感光性層的硬化物的剝落。芳香環可以為單環或縮合環。芳香環可以包含一種或兩種以上的原子。芳香環的碳數為6~18為較佳,6~12為更佳。作為芳香環,例如可以舉出苯環及萘環。芳香環為苯環為較佳。The polymer preferably includes a structural unit having an aromatic ring. If the polymer contains structural units having aromatic rings, the hydrophobicity of the above structural units can prevent or reduce peeling of the photosensitive layer or the cured product of the photosensitive layer forming the photoresist pattern during development. The aromatic ring may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Aromatic rings can contain one or more than two types of atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12. As an aromatic ring, a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are mentioned, for example. The aromatic ring is preferably a benzene ring.

作為具有芳香環之構成單元,例如可以舉出具有芳香族烴基之構成單元。作為芳香族烴基,例如可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基及經取代或未經取代之芳烷基。聚合物中的具有芳香族烴基之構成單元的含量率相對於聚合物A的總質量為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,45質量%以上為特佳,50質量%以上為最佳。聚合物中的具有芳香族烴基之構成單元的含有率相對於聚合物的總質量為95質量%以下為較佳,85質量%以下為更佳。另外,當感光性層包含複數種聚合物時,作為質量平均值而求出具有芳香族烴基之構成單元的含有率。As a structural unit which has an aromatic ring, the structural unit which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example. As an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group are mentioned, for example. The content rate of the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer A. More than 50% by mass is the best, and more than 50% by mass is the best. The content of the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 85% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymer. Moreover, when a photosensitive layer contains several types of polymers, the content rate of the structural unit which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group was calculated|required as a mass average value.

作為形成具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之單體,例如可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、三級丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物及苯乙烯三聚物)。具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。當形成具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之單體為苯乙烯時,來自於苯乙烯之構成單元的含有率相對於聚合物的總質量為20質量%~50質量%為較佳,25質量%~45質量%為更佳,30質量%~40質量%為進一步較佳,30質量%~35質量%為特佳。As a monomer forming a structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and polymerizable styrene derivatives (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butylene, etc.) oxystyrene, acetyloxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimer and styrene trimer). A monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferred. When the monomer forming the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is styrene, the content rate of the structural unit derived from styrene is preferably 20 mass % to 50 mass % relative to the total mass of the polymer, and 25 mass % to 45 mass % is more preferable, 30 mass % - 40 mass % is still more preferable, and 30 mass % - 35 mass % is especially preferable.

作為芳烷基,例如可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基烷基。經取代或未經取代之苄基為較佳。As an aralkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group is mentioned, for example. Substituted or unsubstituted benzyl is preferred.

作為具有經取代或未經取代之苄基之單體,例如可以舉出具有經取代或未經取代之苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯)及具有經取代或未經取代之苄基之乙烯基單體(例如,乙烯基苄基氯及乙烯基苯甲醇)。(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。當形成具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之單體為(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯時,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元的含有率相對於聚合物的總質量為50質量%~95質量%為較佳,60質量%~90質量%為更佳,70質量%~90質量%為進一步較佳,75質量%~90質量%為特佳。Examples of monomers having a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group include (meth)acrylates having a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group (for example, benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) chlorobenzyl acrylate) and vinyl monomers with substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups (for example, vinylbenzyl chloride and vinylbenzyl alcohol). Benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. When the monomer forming the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is benzyl (meth)acrylate, the content rate of the structural unit derived from benzyl (meth)acrylate is 50% by mass to 95% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer. The mass % is more preferable, 60 mass % - 90 mass % is more preferable, 70 mass % - 90 mass % is still more preferable, and 75 mass % - 90 mass % is especially preferable.

作為具有除經取代或未經取代之苄基以外的苯基烷基之單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯基乙酯。Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group other than a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group include phenylethyl (meth)acrylate.

含有具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之聚合物藉由使具有芳香族烴基之單體與選自包括第一單體及第二單體之群組中之至少一種單體聚合而得到為較佳。關於各單體,可以使用一種或兩種以上的單體。The polymer containing the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of the first monomer and the second monomer. As for each monomer, one kind or two or more kinds of monomers may be used.

不含有具有芳香族烴基之構成單元之聚合物藉由使第一單體聚合而得到為較佳,藉由使第一單體與第二單體聚合而得到為更佳。關於各單體,可以使用一種或兩種以上的單體。It is preferable to obtain the polymer which does not contain the structural unit which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group by polymerizing a 1st monomer, and it is more preferable to obtain it by polymerizing a 1st monomer and a 2nd monomer. As for each monomer, one kind or two or more kinds of monomers may be used.

第一單體係在分子中具有羧基之單體。作為第一單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、桂皮酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐及順丁烯二酸半酯。(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。The first monomer system is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid. half ester. (Meth)acrylic acid is preferred.

聚合物中的來自於第一單體之構成單元的含有率相對於聚合物的總質量為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,15質量%~30質量%為進一步較佳。The content of the constituent unit derived from the first monomer in the polymer is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and 15% by mass to 30 mass % is more preferable.

來自於第一單體之構成單元的含有率相對於聚合物的總質量為10質量%~50質量%為較佳。從顯現良好的顯影性及控制邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,來自於第一單體之構成單元的含有率為10質量%以上為較佳。此外,來自於第一單體之構成單元的含有率相對於聚合物的總質量為15質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。從光阻圖案的高解析性及光阻圖案的捲邊形狀及光阻圖案的耐藥品性的觀點而言,來自於第一單體之構成單元的含有率為50質量%以下為較佳。此外,來自於第一單體之構成單元的含有率相對於聚合物的總質量為35質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳,27質量%以下為進一步較佳。It is preferable that the content rate of the structural unit derived from a 1st monomer is 10 mass % - 50 mass % with respect to the gross mass of a polymer. From the viewpoint of exhibiting good developability and controlling edge melting properties, the content of the structural unit derived from the first monomer is preferably 10% by mass or more. Moreover, the content rate of the structural unit derived from a 1st monomer is 15 mass % or more with respect to the total mass of a polymer, More preferably, it is 20 mass % or more. From the viewpoint of the high resolution of the resist pattern, the bead shape of the resist pattern, and the chemical resistance of the resist pattern, the content of the constituent unit derived from the first monomer is preferably 50% by mass or less. In addition, the content of the constituent unit derived from the first monomer is preferably at most 35% by mass, more preferably at most 30% by mass, and still more preferably at most 27% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer.

第二單體係非酸性且具有至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之單體。作為第二單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯。作為第二單體,例如可以舉出乙烯醇的酯化合物。作為乙烯醇的酯化合物,例如可以舉出乙酸乙烯酯。作為第二單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯腈。(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯為更佳。The second monomer system is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one ethylenically unsaturated group. As a 2nd monomer, a (meth)acrylate compound is mentioned, for example. Examples of (meth)acrylate compounds include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) cyclohexyl acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the second monomer include ester compounds of vinyl alcohol. As an ester compound of vinyl alcohol, vinyl acetate is mentioned, for example. As a 2nd monomer, (meth)acrylonitrile is mentioned, for example. Methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, and n-butyl (meth)acrylate are preferable, and methyl (meth)acrylate is more preferable.

聚合物中的來自於第二單體之構成單元的含有率相對於聚合物的總質量為5質量%~60質量%為較佳,15質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~45質量%為進一步較佳。The content of the constituent unit derived from the second monomer in the polymer is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 45 mass % is more preferable.

從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏移時的線寬粗細及解析度的惡化之觀點而言,聚合物包含選自包括具有芳烷基之構成單元及來自於苯乙烯之構成單元之群組中之至少一種構成單元為較佳。作為較佳的聚合物,例如可以舉出包含來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於甲基丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元及來自於苯乙烯之構成單元之共聚物。作為較佳的聚合物,例如可以舉出包含來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於甲基丙烯酸甲酯之構成單元、來自於甲基丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元及來自於苯乙烯之構成單元之共聚物。From the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration of the line width and resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure, the polymer contains at least One type of constituent unit is preferable. As a preferable polymer, the copolymer containing the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, the structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate, and the structural unit derived from styrene is mentioned, for example. Preferable polymers include, for example, constituent units derived from methacrylic acid, constituent units derived from methyl methacrylate, constituent units derived from benzyl methacrylate, and constituent units derived from styrene. of copolymers.

聚合物為包含具有芳香族烴基之構成單元25質量%~40質量%、來自於第一單體之構成單元20質量%~35質量%及來自於第二單體之構成單元30質量%~45質量%之聚合物為較佳。The polymer contains 25% to 40% by mass of structural units having aromatic hydrocarbon groups, 20% to 35% by mass of structural units derived from the first monomer, and 30% to 45% by mass of structural units derived from the second monomer. The polymer in mass % is preferable.

聚合物為包含具有芳香族烴基之構成單元70質量%~90質量%及來自於第一單體之構成單元10質量%~25質量%之聚合物為較佳。The polymer is preferably a polymer containing 70% by mass to 90% by mass of structural units having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% by mass to 25% by mass of structural units derived from the first monomer.

聚合物可以在側鏈中具有直鏈結構、分支結構及脂環結構中的任一種。聚合物亦可以在側鏈中具有分支結構及脂環結構這兩者。包含在側鏈中具有分支結構之基之單體或包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體的使用,能夠將分支結構或脂環結構導入到聚合物的側鏈中。脂環結構可以為單環結構或多環結構。The polymer may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in the side chain. A polymer may have both a branched structure and an alicyclic structure in a side chain. The use of a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain can introduce a branched structure or an alicyclic structure into the side chain of the polymer. The alicyclic structure may be a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure.

作為包含在側鏈中具有分支結構之基之單體的具體例,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯及(甲基)丙烯酸三級辛酯。(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或甲基丙烯酸三級丁酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸異丙酯或甲基丙烯酸三級丁酯為更佳。Specific examples of monomers containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, secondary butyl (meth)acrylate, ( Tertiary butyl methacrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary pentyl (meth)acrylate, 2-octyl (meth)acrylate, 3-octyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylate base) tertiary octyl acrylate. Isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate or tertiary butyl methacrylate are preferable, and isopropyl methacrylate or tertiary butyl methacrylate are more preferable.

作為包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體的具體例,可以舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體及具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體。作為包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體的具體例,可以舉出具有碳數(碳原子數)5個~20個的脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體的具體例,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環[2.2.1]庚基-2)酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚(methanoindene)-5-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚-1-基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環[3.1.1]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環[4.1.0]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯。Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. As a specific example of the monomer containing the group which has an alicyclic structure in a side chain, the (meth)acrylate which has the alicyclic hydrocarbon group of 5-20 carbon numbers (carbon number) is mentioned. Specific examples of monomers containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include (meth)acrylate (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2), (meth)acrylate-1-adamantyl Alkyl esters, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5-dimethyl-1 (meth)acrylate -Adamantyl ester, 3-ethyladamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid- 3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate 2- Methyl-2-adamantyl ester, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, octahydro(meth)acrylate -4,7-methanoindene-5-yl ester, octahydro-4,7-methanoindene-1-yl methyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthol (meth)acrylate ester, tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy-2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl (meth)acrylate, 3,7-(meth)acrylate ,7-Trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo[4.1.0]heptyl ester, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,5-Trimethylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.

在如上所述之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為更佳。Among the (meth)acrylates mentioned above, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid -1-adamantyl ester, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthol (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate Alkane is preferably cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate or ( Tricyclodecane meth)acrylate is more preferred.

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的聚合物。具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物的含有率相對於感光性層的總質量為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳。具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物的含有率相對於感光性層的總質量可以未達100質量%。具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物的含有率的上限可以為80質量%、70質量%或60質量%。感光性層包含具有芳香族烴基之兩種聚合物為較佳。感光性層包含具有芳香族烴基之聚合物和不具有芳香族烴基之聚合物為較佳。在後者的情況下,具有芳香族烴基之聚合物A的含有比例相對於聚合物A的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of polymers. The content of the polymer having an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and still more preferably 40% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer. The content rate of the polymer which has an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more may be less than 100 mass % with respect to the gross mass of a photosensitive layer. The upper limit of the content rate of the polymer which has an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more may be 80 mass %, 70 mass %, or 60 mass %. It is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains two kinds of polymers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The photosensitive layer preferably contains a polymer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a polymer not having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. In the latter case, the content ratio of the polymer A having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably at least 50% by mass, more preferably at least 70% by mass, and still more preferably at least 80% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer A. , more than 90% by mass is especially good.

聚合物的合成藉由向包含單體及溶劑(例如,丙酮、甲基乙基酮及異丙醇)之溶液中添加自由基聚合起始劑(例如,過氧化苯甲醯及偶氮異丁腈)並加熱攪拌所得到之混合物而進行為較佳。亦可以一邊將複數種原材料的混合物的一部分滴加到反應液中一邊進行合成。反應結束後,可以藉由溶劑的添加來調整濃度。作為合成手段,例如可以舉出溶液聚合、塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合及乳化聚合。Polymers are synthesized by adding free radical polymerization initiators (e.g., benzoyl peroxide and azoisobutyl Nitrile) and heating and stirring the resulting mixture is preferably carried out. It is also possible to synthesize|combine, dropping a part of the mixture of some raw materials to a reaction liquid. After the reaction, the concentration can be adjusted by adding a solvent. Examples of synthesis means include solution polymerization, block polymerization, suspension polymerization, and emulsion polymerization.

聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為30℃以上且135℃以下為較佳。具有135℃以下的Tg之聚合物的使用能夠抑制曝光時焦點位置偏移時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化。從如上所述之觀點而言,聚合物的Tg為130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳,110℃以下為進一步較佳。具有30℃以上的Tg之聚合物的使用能夠提高耐邊緣熔融性。從如上所述之觀點而言,聚合物的Tg為40℃以上為較佳,50℃以上為更佳,60℃以上為進一步較佳,70℃以上為特佳。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer is preferably not less than 30°C and not more than 135°C. The use of a polymer having a Tg of 135° C. or lower can suppress deterioration of line width and resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure. From the above viewpoints, the Tg of the polymer is preferably 130°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and still more preferably 110°C or lower. Use of a polymer having a Tg of 30° C. or higher can improve edge melting resistance. From the above viewpoints, the Tg of the polymer is preferably 40°C or higher, more preferably 50°C or higher, still more preferably 60°C or higher, and particularly preferably 70°C or higher.

感光性層可以包含除具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物以外的聚合物,亦即其他聚合物。作為其他聚合物,例如可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物(但是,限於苯乙烯含有率為40質量%以下的共聚物。)、聚胺酯、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺、聚酯、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛、聚羥基苯乙烯、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并口咢唑、聚矽氧烷、聚乙亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。The photosensitive layer may contain polymers other than polymers having an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more, that is, other polymers. Examples of other polymers include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic acid copolymers (however, limited to copolymers with a styrene content of 40% by mass or less), polyurethane, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide , polyester, epoxy resin, polyacetal, polyhydroxystyrene, polyimide, polybenzoxazole, polysiloxane, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycol .

(聚合性化合物) 感光性層(較佳為負型感光性層)包含具有聚合性基之化合物(亦即,聚合性化合物)為較佳。“聚合性化合物”係指受到聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之與上述聚合物不同的化合物。 (polymeric compound) It is preferable that the photosensitive layer (preferably a negative photosensitive layer) contains a compound having a polymeric group (that is, a polymeric compound). The "polymerizable compound" refers to a compound different from the above-mentioned polymer that is polymerized by the action of a polymerization initiator.

作為聚合性基,例如可以舉出具有乙烯性不飽和基之基。作為具有乙烯性不飽和基之基,例如可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基。作為聚合性基,例如可以舉出陽離子性聚合性基。作為陽離子性聚合性基,例如可以舉出環氧基及氧環丁烷基。具有乙烯性不飽和基之基為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。As a polymeric group, the group which has an ethylenically unsaturated group is mentioned, for example. As a group which has an ethylenically unsaturated group, a vinyl group, an acryl group, a methacryl group, a styryl group, and a maleimide group are mentioned, for example. As a polymeric group, a cationic polymeric group is mentioned, for example. As a cationic polymeric group, an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group are mentioned, for example. A group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and an acryl group or a methacryl group is more preferable.

從減少顯影殘渣之觀點而言,聚合性化合物具有雙酚結構為較佳。作為雙酚結構,例如可以舉出來自於雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、來自於雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及來自於雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構。雙酚A結構為較佳。作為具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物,例如可以舉出後述的具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1。It is preferable that a polymeric compound has a bisphenol structure from a viewpoint of reducing image development residue. As the bisphenol structure, for example, the bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), the structure derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) phenyl)methane) and bisphenol B from bisphenol B (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane). Bisphenol A structure is preferred. As a polymeric compound which has a bisphenol structure, the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 which has a bisphenol structure mentioned later is mentioned, for example.

作為聚合性化合物,在感光性層的感光性更優異的觀點上,具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,乙烯性不飽和化合物)為較佳,具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為更佳。作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。在解析性及剝離性更優異的觀點上,一個分子的乙烯性不飽和化合物中的乙烯性不飽和基的數量為6個以下為較佳,3個以下為更佳,2個以下為進一步較佳。As the polymerizable compound, a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups (that is, an ethylenically unsaturated compound) is preferable from the viewpoint of better photosensitivity of the photosensitive layer, and a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups is preferable. Compounds with permanent unsaturated groups (ie, polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds) are more preferred. As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth)acrylate compound having a (meth)acryloyl group is preferable. From the standpoint of better resolving properties and exfoliation properties, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and still more preferably 2 or less. good.

在感光性層的感光性與解析性及剝離性的平衡更優異的觀點上,感光性層包含具有2個或3個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物為較佳,包含具有2個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為更佳。從剝離性優異的觀點而言,2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物相對於聚合性化合物的總質量的含量為20質量%以上為較佳,超過40質量%為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限可以為100質量%。亦即,聚合性化合物可以全部為2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。From the standpoint of a better balance between photosensitivity, resolving power, and peelability of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a compound having 2 or 3 ethylenically unsaturated groups, including a compound having 2 ethylenically unsaturated groups. Compounds based on (ie, bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds) are more preferred. From the viewpoint of excellent releasability, the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound relative to the total mass of the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably more than 40% by mass, and still more preferably 55% by mass or more. good. The upper limit may be 100% by mass. That is, all polymerizable compounds may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

感光性層包含具有芳香環及2個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(以下,有時稱為“乙烯性不飽和化合物B1”。)為較佳。乙烯性不飽和化合物B1係上述乙烯性不飽和化合物之中在一個分子中具有1個以上的芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。It is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains the compound (Hereinafter, it may be called "the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1.") which has an aromatic ring and two ethylenically unsaturated groups. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

在感光性層中,從解析性更優異的觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量的比例為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。從剝離性的觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量的比例為99質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為特佳。In the photosensitive layer, from the viewpoint of better resolution, the ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more. Preferably, 55% by mass or more is more preferred, and 60% by mass or more is particularly preferred. From the viewpoint of releasability, the ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, further preferably 90% by mass or less. Preferably, 85% by mass or less is particularly preferred.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1所具有之芳香環,例如可以舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環等芳香族烴環、噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環、吡啶環等芳香族雜環及該等的縮合環。芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。芳香環可以具有取代基。乙烯性不飽和化合物B1可以具有1個或2個以上的芳香環。Examples of the aromatic ring possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene rings, naphthalene rings, and anthracene rings, thiophene rings, furan rings, pyrrole rings, imidazole rings, triazole rings, and pyridine rings. Aromatic heterocyclic rings and condensed rings thereof. An aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable. The aromatic ring may have a substituent. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may have one or two or more aromatic rings.

從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光性層的膨潤而解析性提高之觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1具有雙酚結構為較佳。作為雙酚結構,例如可以舉出來自於雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、來自於雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及來自於雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構,雙酚A結構為較佳。It is preferable that ethylenic unsaturated compound B1 has a bisphenol structure from a viewpoint of improving resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive layer by a developing solution. As the bisphenol structure, for example, the bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), the structure derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) phenyl)methane) and bisphenol B structure from bisphenol B (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane), bisphenol A structure is better.

作為具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,例如可以舉出具有雙酚結構和鍵結於該雙酚結構的兩端之2個聚合性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。雙酚結構的兩端與2個聚合性基可以直接鍵結,亦可以經由1個以上的伸烷氧基而鍵結。作為加成於雙酚結構的兩端之伸烷氧基,伸乙氧基或伸丙氧基為較佳,伸乙氧基為更佳。加成於雙酚結構之伸烷氧基的加成數並不受特別限制,但在每1個分子中為4個~16個為較佳,6個~14個為更佳。關於具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,記載於日本特開2016-224162號公報的0072段落~0080段落中,該公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth)acryl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. compound. Both ends of the bisphenol structure may be directly bonded to two polymerizable groups, or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkoxyl group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, ethoxyl or propoxyl is preferred, and ethoxyl is more preferred. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-224162, and the content described in the publication is incorporated in this specification.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,具有雙酚A結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferred, 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl) Propane is more preferred. Examples of 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy) yl)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2, 2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methyl Acryloxydodecaethoxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentadeca Ethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane ( BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,從放置時間線寬變化、顯影溫度線寬變化及靈敏度的觀點而言,包含下述式(Bis)所表示之化合物為較佳。The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula (Bis) from the standpoint of line width change over time, development temperature line width change, and sensitivity.

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

式(Bis)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,A為C 2H 4,B為C 3H 6,n 1及n 3分別獨立地為1~39的整數,且n 1+n 3為2~40的整數,n 2及n 4分別獨立地為0~29的整數,且n 2+n 4為0~30的整數,-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的重複單元的排列可以為無規,亦可以為嵌段。而且,在嵌段的情況下,-(A-O)-和-(B-O)-中的任一者可以在雙酚結構側。在一態樣中,n 1+n 2+n 3+n 4為2~20的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~12的整數為進一步較佳。又,n 2+n 4為0~10的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~2的整數為進一步較佳,0為特佳。 In the formula (Bis), R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is C 2 H 4 , B is C 3 H 6 , n 1 and n 3 are independently an integer of 1 to 39, And n 1 +n 3 is an integer of 2 to 40, n 2 and n 4 are independently an integer of 0 to 29, and n 2 +n 4 is an integer of 0 to 30, -(AO)- and -(BO )-The arrangement of repeating units can be random or block. Also, in the case of a block, either of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be on the side of the bisphenol structure. In one aspect, n 1 +n 2 +n 3 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 2-20, more preferably an integer of 2-16, and more preferably an integer of 4-12. Also, n 2 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, still more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物B1。從解析性更優異的觀點而言,感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從轉印性及耐邊緣熔融性的觀點而言,70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of ethylenically unsaturated compound B1. From the viewpoint of better resolution, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 in the photosensitive layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of transferability and edge melting resistance, it is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.

感光性層可以包含除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物。除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物並不受特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當選擇。例如,可以舉出在一個分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。The photosensitive layer may contain ethylenically unsaturated compounds other than ethylenically unsaturated compound B1. The ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. Examples include compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds), bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring, and trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. compound.

作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯。Examples of monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinate, polyethylene glycol Alcohol Mono(meth)acrylate, Polypropylene Glycol Mono(meth)acrylate and Phenoxyethyl(meth)acrylate.

作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。Examples of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, urethane di(meth)acrylate, and urethane di(meth)acrylate. base) acrylate and trimethylolpropane diacrylate.

作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Examples of alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecane dimethanol Dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1 , 6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl Glycol di(meth)acrylate.

作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Examples of the polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Acrylate.

作為胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯的市售品,例如可以舉出8UX-015A(Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-32P(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及UA-1100H(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of the urethane di(meth)acrylate include propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate. Examples of commercially available urethane di(meth)acrylates include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及該等的環氧烷改質物。“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。在一態樣中,感光性層包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。關於乙烯性不飽和化合物B1與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量比,(乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的合計質量):(3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的合計質量)=1:1~5:1為較佳,1.2:1~4:1為更佳,1.5:1~3:1為進一步較佳。又,在一態樣中,感光性層包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a trifunctional or higher function include diperythritol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa)(meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol (tri/tetra)(meth)acrylic acid ester, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri(meth)acrylate Meth)acrylate, glycerol tri(meth)acrylate and their alkylene oxide modified substances. "(Three/four/five/six) (meth)acrylates" include tri(meth)acrylates, tetra(meth)acrylates, penta(meth)acrylates and hexa(meth)acrylates The concept of "(three/four) (meth)acrylates" includes the concept of three (meth)acrylates and four (meth)acrylates. In one aspect, the photosensitive layer preferably includes the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and preferably includes the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Unsaturated compounds are more preferred. Regarding the mass ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, (total mass of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1): (total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound)=1: 1-5:1 is preferable, 1.2:1-4:1 is more preferable, and 1.5:1-3:1 is still more preferable. Also, in one aspect, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more kinds of trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,可以舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之ATM-35E及A-9300、DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化甘油三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)、ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)以及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)。Examples of alkylene oxide modified products of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. , A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.), alkylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Chemical Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD., etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. A-GLY-9E, etc.), ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and ARONIX M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO. , LTD. Manufacturing).

又,作為除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以使用日本特開2004-239942號公報的0025段落~0030段落中所記載之具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物。Moreover, as an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, the ethylenically unsaturated compound which has an acid group as described in paragraph 0025 - 0030 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2004-239942 can be used.

從解析性及直線性的觀點而言,感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於聚合物(較佳為鹼可溶性樹脂)的含量之比為1.0以下為較佳,0.9以下為更佳,0.5~0.9為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of resolution and linearity, the ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive layer to the content of the polymer (preferably an alkali-soluble resin) is preferably 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.9 or less. Preferably, 0.5 to 0.9 is still more preferable.

從硬化性及解析性的觀點而言,感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物為較佳,包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。從硬化性、解析性及直線性的觀點而言,感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物,且丙烯酸化合物的含量相對於感光性層中所包含之上述(甲基)丙烯酸化合物的總質量為60質量%以下為更佳。It is preferable that the ethylenically unsaturated compound in a photosensitive layer contains a (meth)acrylic compound, and it is more preferable that it contains a (meth)acrylate compound from a curability and a resolution viewpoint. From the viewpoints of curability, resolution, and linearity, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive layer includes (meth)acrylic compound, and the content of acrylic compound is relative to the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid compound contained in the photosensitive layer. ) The total mass of the acrylic compound is more preferably 60% by mass or less.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物的分子量(當具有分佈時為重量平均分子量(Mw)),200~3,000為較佳,280~2,200為更佳,300~2,200為進一步較佳。The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) when there is a distribution) of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably from 200 to 3,000, more preferably from 280 to 2,200, and still more preferably from 300 to 2,200.

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的聚合性化合物。感光性層中的聚合性化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,20質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為進一步較佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds. The content of the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, further preferably 20% by mass to 50% by mass. better.

-聚合起始劑- 感光性層(較佳為負型感光性層)包含聚合起始劑為較佳。聚合起始劑的種類可以根據聚合反應的形式進行選擇,例如可以舉出熱聚合起始劑及光聚合起始劑。又,作為聚合起始劑,可以舉出自由基聚合起始劑及陽離子聚合起始劑。 -polymerization initiator- It is preferable that a photosensitive layer (preferably a negative photosensitive layer) contains a polymerization initiator. The kind of the polymerization initiator can be selected according to the form of the polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators. Moreover, a radical polymerization initiator and a cationic polymerization initiator are mentioned as a polymerization initiator.

感光性層(較佳為負型感光性層)包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。光聚合起始劑係受到紫外線、可見光線及X射線等活性光線而引發聚合性化合物的聚合之化合物。作為光聚合起始劑,並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。作為光聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。It is preferable that a photosensitive layer (preferably a negative photosensitive layer) contains a photoinitiator. The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that initiates polymerization of a polymerizable compound upon exposure to active rays such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and X-rays. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and known photopolymerization initiators can be used. As a photopolymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned, for example, A photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之化合物、具有N-苯甘胺酸結構之化合物、具有肟酯結構之化合物、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之化合物、具有醯基氧化膦結構之化合物及具有三芳基咪唑結構之化合物。作為較佳的光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出具有肟酯結構之化合物、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之化合物、具有醯基氧化膦結構之化合物及具有三芳基咪唑結構之化合物。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include compounds having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, compounds having an N-phenylglycine structure, compounds having an oxime ester structure, compounds having an α-hydroxyalkyl Compounds with benzophenone structure, compounds with acyl phosphine oxide structure and compounds with triaryl imidazole structure. As a preferable photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, a compound having an oxime ester structure, a compound having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure, a compound having an acyl phosphine oxide structure, and a compound having a triaryl imidazole structure compound.

從感光性、曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,感光性層(較佳為負型感光性層)包含選自包括2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物之群組中之至少一種作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。另外,2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物中的2個2,4,5-三芳基咪唑結構可以相同亦可以不同。作為2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體的衍生物,例如可以舉出2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體及2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體。From the viewpoints of photosensitivity, visibility of exposed parts and non-exposed parts, and resolution, the photosensitive layer (preferably a negative photosensitive layer) contains 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimer And at least one of the group of derivatives thereof is preferably used as a photoradical polymerization initiator. In addition, the two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole structures in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different. Examples of derivatives of 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimers include 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-bis(methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(o-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-methoxyphenyl)- 4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以使用日本特開2011-95716號公報的0031段落~0042段落、日本特開2015-14783號公報的0064段落~0081段落中所記載之聚合起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, those described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and those described in paragraphs 0064-0081 of JP-A-2015-14783 can be used.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE,CAS No.10287-53-3)、安息香甲醚、(p,p’-二甲氧基苄基)大茴香酯、TAZ-110(商品名,Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二苯甲酮、TAZ-111(商品名,Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、Irgacure OXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF公司製造)、Omnirad651及369(商品名,IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)及2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, (p,p'-dimethoxybenzyl base) Anisyl, TAZ-110 (trade name, manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), benzophenone, TAZ-111 (trade name, manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Irgacure OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), Omnirad651 and 369 (trade names, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), and 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl - 1,2'-Bimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

作為光自由基聚合起始劑的市售品,例如可以舉出1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名,IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE-01,BASF公司製造)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯肟)(商品名,IRGACURE OXE-02,BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-口末啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(商品名:Omnirad 379EG,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-口末啉基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 907,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 127,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)丁酮-1(商品名:Omnirad 369,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 1173,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(商品名:Omnirad 184,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 651,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad TPO H,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad 819,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(商品名:Lunar 6,DKSH Japan K.K.製造)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體)(商品名:B-CIM,Hampford公司製造)及2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(商品名:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-3-環戊基丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-305,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、1,2-丙烷二酮,3-環己基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-呋喃基羰基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,2-(O-乙醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-326,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)及3-環己基-1-(6-(2-(苯甲醯氧基亞胺基)辛醯基)-9-乙基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-391,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)。As a commercially available photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) ( Trade name, IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone- 1-(O-acetyloxime) (trade name, IRGACURE OXE-02, manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methano phenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-portolinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (trade name: Omnirad 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-methyl-1-( 4-methylthiophenyl)-2-portolinylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy- 2-methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino- 1-(4-Perolinylphenyl)butanone-1 (trade name: Omnirad 369, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one (trade name : Omnirad 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (trade name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethyl-1 - Ketone (trade name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), bis( 2,4,6-Trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator (trade name: Lunar 6, DKSH Japan K.K. manufacturing), 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenyl imidazole dimer) (trade name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford Co.) and 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (trade name: BCTB, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclopentylpropane-1,2-dione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (trade name: TR-PBG -305, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), 1,2-propanedione, 3-cyclohexyl-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-furylcarbonyl)-9H-carba Azol-3-yl]-,2-(O-acetyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.) and 3-cyclohexyl-1-(6- (2-(Benzyloxyimino)octyl)-9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-391, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.).

光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)係受到活性光線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,感應於波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300nm~450nm的活性光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳,但其化學結構並不受限制。又,關於不直接感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,只要為藉由與增感劑併用而感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線從而產生酸之化合物,則亦能夠與增感劑組合而較佳地使用。Photocationic polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) are compounds that generate acids when exposed to active light. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that generates acid in response to active light with a wavelength of 300nm or more, preferably 300nm-450nm, is preferred, but its chemical structure is not limited. Also, as for the photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly responsive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, as long as it is a compound that generates an acid in response to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more by using in combination with a sensitizer, it can also be used with a sensitizer. Sensitive agents are preferably used in combination.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,產生pKa為4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為特佳。pKa的下限值並沒有特別規定,但例如-10.0以上為較佳。As a photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 4 or less is preferred, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 3 or less is more preferred, and a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 2 or less The photocatalytic polymerization initiator of acid is especially preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly specified, but is preferably -10.0 or more, for example.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二芳基錪鹽類及三芳基鋶鹽類等鎓鹽化合物以及四級銨鹽。作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以使用日本特開2014-85643號公報的0114段落~0133段落中所記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出三氯甲基-s-三口井類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-s-三口井類、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083段落~0088段落中所記載之化合物。又,作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084段落~0088段落中所記載之化合物。As a photocationic polymerization initiator, an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned. As an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, an onium salt compound, such as a diaryl iodonium salt and a triaryl permeicium salt, and a quaternary ammonium salt are mentioned, for example. As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraph 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 can be used. Examples of nonionic photocationic polymerization initiators include trichloromethyl-s-three wells, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. The compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP-A-2011-221494 can be used as the trichloromethyl-s-three wells, diazomethane compounds, and imidesulfonate compounds. In addition, as the oxime sulfonate compound, compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be used.

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的聚合起始劑。感光性層中的聚合起始劑的含量並不受特別限制,但相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,但相對於感光性層的總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of polymerization initiators. The content of the polymerization initiator in the photosensitive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1.0% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. good. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer.

-色素- 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,感光性層包含色素為較佳,包含顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的極大吸收波長為450nm以上且極大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(亦簡稱為“色素N”。)為更佳。若感光性層包含色素N,則雖然詳細的機制尚不明確,但與鄰接之層(例如,偽支撐體及中間層)的密接性提高,從而解析性更優異。 -pigment- From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a pigment, and the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm during color development is included. More than 450nm, the pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid, alkali or free radicals (also referred to as "pigment N") is more preferable. When the photosensitive layer contains the dye N, although the detailed mechanism is unclear, the adhesion with adjacent layers (for example, a pseudo-support and an intermediate layer) is improved, resulting in better resolution.

在本揭示中,色素的“極大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化”可以指處於顯色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而脫色之態樣、處於脫色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及處於顯色狀態之色素變為其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一態樣。具體而言,色素N可以為藉由曝光從脫色狀態發生變化而顯色之化合物,亦可以為藉由曝光從顯色狀態發生變化而脫色之化合物。在該情況下,可以為藉由曝光在感光性層內產生酸、鹼或自由基且該等起作用,從而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素,亦可以為感光性層內的狀態(例如pH)藉由酸、鹼或自由基發生變化而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。又,亦可以為不經過曝光而直接受到酸、鹼或自由基作為刺激而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。In this disclosure, "the maximum absorption wavelength of the pigment is changed by acid, alkali or free radicals" may refer to the state in which the pigment in the color development state is decolorized by acid, alkali or free radicals, or the pigment in the decolorized state Either of the state in which the color is developed by acid, alkali or free radicals, and the state in which the pigment in the color-developed state changes to a color-developed state of another hue. Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that develops color by changing from a decolorized state by exposure, or may be a compound that decolorizes by changing from a color-developed state by exposure. In this case, it may be a dye that generates an acid, an alkali, or a free radical in the photosensitive layer by exposure, and these acts to change the state of color development or decolorization, or the state in the photosensitive layer ( For example, pH) is a pigment whose color development or decolorization state changes due to changes in acid, alkali or free radicals. In addition, it may be a pigment whose state of color development or decolorization is changed by being directly stimulated by an acid, an alkali, or a free radical without exposure to light.

其中,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為極大吸收波長藉由酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,極大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為更佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid or radicals, and the maximum absorption wavelength is generated by free radicals. Varying pigments are more preferred.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,感光性層包含極大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素作為色素N及光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者為較佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals as the dye N and the photoradical polymerization initiator. good.

又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N為藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之色素為較佳。Moreover, it is preferable that dye N is a dye which develops color by acid, alkali, or a radical from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposure part and a non-exposure part.

作為本揭示中的色素N的顯色機構的例子,可以舉出自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如,無色色素)藉由向感光性層中添加光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑並進行曝光之後由光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生之自由基、酸或鹼而顯色之態樣。As an example of the coloring mechanism of the dye N in this disclosure, a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye, or an alkali-reactive dye (for example, a leuco dye) can be exemplified by adding photoradical polymerization to the photosensitive layer. Initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) or photobase generators and radicals generated by photoradical polymerization initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators, or photobase generators after exposure, A state of color development due to acid or alkali.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N的顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的極大吸收波長為550nm以上為較佳,550nm~700nm為更佳,550nm~650nm為進一步較佳。又,色素N可以僅具有1個顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的極大吸收波長,亦可以具有2個以上。當色素N具有2個以上顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的極大吸收波長時,2個以上的極大吸收波長中吸光度最高的極大吸收波長為450nm以上即可。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm during color development of the dye N is preferably 550nm or more, more preferably 550nm to 700nm, and 550nm to 650nm. Further better. In addition, the dye N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, or may have two or more. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm for color development, the maximum absorption wavelength with the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450nm or more.

色素N的極大吸收波長藉由在大氣環境下使用分光光度計:UV3100(Shimadzu Corporation製造)在400nm~780nm的範圍內測量包含色素N之溶液(液溫25℃)的透射光譜並檢測光的強度成為極小之波長(極大吸收波長)而得到。The maximum absorption wavelength of pigment N was measured in the range of 400nm to 780nm by using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in the atmospheric environment. It is obtained at an extremely small wavelength (maximum absorption wavelength).

作為藉由曝光而顯色或脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物。作為藉由曝光而脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、口咢口井系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。作為色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,無色化合物為較佳。As a coloring matter which develops or decolorizes by exposure, a colorless compound is mentioned, for example. Examples of dyes that decolorize by exposure include colorless compounds, diarylmethane-based dyes, Kuchiguchi-based dyes, Kuchiyamaguchi-based dyes, iminonaphthoquinone-based dyes, and azomethine-based dyes. and anthraquinone pigments. As the dye N, a colorless compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.

作為無色化合物,例如可以舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺吡喃骨架之無色化合物(螺吡喃系色素)、具有螢光黃母體骨架之無色化合物(螢光黃母體系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有無色金黃胺骨架之無色化合物(無色金黃胺系色素)。其中,三芳基甲烷系色素或螢光黃母體系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或螢光黃母體系色素為更佳。As the colorless compound, for example, a colorless compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a colorless compound having a spiropyran skeleton (spiropyran dye), and a colorless compound having a fluorescent yellow parent skeleton ( Fluorescent yellow parent system pigment), colorless compound with diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane pigment), colorless compound with rhodamine lactam skeleton (rhodamine lactamide pigment), indolyl A colorless compound with a phthalide skeleton (indolylphthalide pigment) and a colorless compound with a colorless aureamine skeleton (colorless aureamine pigment). Among them, triarylmethane-based pigments or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are preferred, and colorless compounds (triphenylmethane-based pigments) with triphenylmethane skeletons or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are more preferred.

作為無色化合物,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環(sultine ring)或磺內酯環為較佳。藉此,能夠使無色化合物所具有之內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環與由光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸進行反應使無色化合物變為閉環狀態而使其脫色,或者使無色化合物變為開環狀態而使其顯色。作為無色化合物,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環且內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環且內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。As a colorless compound, it is preferable to have a lactone ring, a sultone ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposed part and a non-exposed part. Thereby, the lactone ring, sultone ring or sultone ring of the colorless compound can be reacted with the free radical generated by the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated by the photocationic polymerization initiator Decolorize a colorless compound by closing its ring, or develop a color by opening its ring. As a colorless compound, a compound having a lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring and the lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring is colored by free radicals or acid ring opening is preferable , a compound that has a lactone ring and the lactone ring is opened by free radicals or acid to develop color is more preferred.

作為色素N,例如可以舉出染料。作為染料,例如可以舉出亮綠(brilliant green)、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅(basic fuchsine)、甲基紫2B、喹納啶紅(quinaldine red)、孟加拉玫瑰紅(rose bengal)、米塔尼爾黃(metanil yellow)、百里酚磺酞(thymol sulfonphthalein)、二甲酚(xylenol)藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯并紅紫素(benzopurpurine)4B、α-萘基紅、尼羅藍(nile blue)2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀綠(malachite green)、副品紅(parafuchsin)、維多利亞純藍(victoria pure blue)-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞純藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油藍#603(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油粉紅#312(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅5B(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油猩紅(oil scarlet)#308(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅OG(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅RR(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油綠#502(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、史必隆紅(spilon red)BEH特殊(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺基羅丹明B、金黃胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂基胺基-4-對-N,N-雙(羥基乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮及1-β-萘基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮。Examples of the dye N include dyes. Examples of dyes include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsine, methyl violet 2B, quinaldine red, rose bengal Rose bengal, metanil yellow, thymol sulfonphthalein, xylenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red, Congo red, benzorubin (benzopurpurine) 4B, α-naphthyl red, nile blue (nile blue) 2B, nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, parafuchsin, victoria pure blue )-Naphthalenesulfonate, Victoria Pure Blue BOH (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Blue #603 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Pink #312 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd. .), oil red 5B (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil scarlet (oil scarlet) #308 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil red OG (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd. .), oil red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil green #502 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), spilon red (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) BEH special (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd. Manufactured), m-cresyl violet, cresyl red, rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, sulforhodamine B, auretamine, 4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilino -4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone , 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylene Amino-5-pyrazolone.

作為色素N,例如可以舉出無色化合物。作為無色化合物,例如可以舉出p,p’,p”-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(Ciba-Geigy公司製造)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基螢光黃母體、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3,6-二甲氧基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-哌啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對二甲基胺基苯基)-6-二甲基胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-氮雜酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Examples of the dye N include colorless compounds. Examples of colorless compounds include p,p',p"-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (colorless crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba-Geigy), crystal violet lactone, malachite green Lactone, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)amino fluorescent yellow precursor, 2-anilino -3-Methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-toluidyl) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3,6-dimethoxy fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino) -5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent Luminous yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl -7-stibamidofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chlorofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino )-6-methoxy-7-amino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroanilino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N, N-diethylamino)-7-chlorofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylamino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-di Ethylamino)-7,8-benzofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N, N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-stibamidofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-piperidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilinyl fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-pyrrolidinyl- 6-Methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow precursor, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(1-n-butyl -2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3-(4-di Ethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)-4-azaphthalide, 3-(4-diethyl Aminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide and 3',6'-bis(diphenylamino)spiroisobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-[9H]koukousing-3-one.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為極大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而顯色之色素為更佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed area and the non-exposed area, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the pigment N is preferably a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by free radicals. The pigment of color is better.

作為色素N,無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。As the dye N, leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green or Victoria pure blue-naphthalenesulfonate are preferable.

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的色素。從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of pigments. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the content of the pigment is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. Mass % is more preferable, 0.1 mass % - 5 mass % is still more preferable, and 0.1 mass % - 1 mass % is especially preferable. Also, from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the pattern visibility after development, and the resolution, the content of the dye N is preferably 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, and 0.1% by mass % to 10 mass % is more preferable, 0.1 mass % to 5 mass % is still more preferable, and 0.1 mass % to 1 mass % is especially preferable.

色素N的含量係指使感光性層中所包含之所有色素N成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例子,對色素N的含量的定量方法進行說明。製備在甲基乙基酮100mL中溶解色素0.001g或0.01g而成之兩種溶液。向所得到之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑(商品名,Irgacure OXE01,BASF公司製造),並照射365nm的光,藉此產生自由基而使所有色素成為顯色狀態。其後,在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,Shimadzu Corporation製造)測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,並製作校準曲線。接著,代替色素而將感光性層3g溶解於甲基乙基酮,除此以外,利用與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。依據校準曲線,由所得到之包含感光性層之溶液的吸光度算出感光性層中所包含之色素的含量。The content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all the dye N included in the photosensitive layer is in a color-developed state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions were prepared by dissolving 0.001 g or 0.01 g of the pigment in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone. A photoradical polymerization initiator (trade name, Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Corporation) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and 365 nm light was irradiated to generate radicals to bring all the pigments into a colored state. Thereafter, under an atmospheric environment, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve was prepared. Next, except having dissolved the photosensitive layer 3g in methyl ethyl ketone instead of a dye, the absorbance of the solution which color-developed all the dyes was measured by the method similar to the above. Based on the calibration curve, the content of the pigment contained in the photosensitive layer was calculated from the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive layer.

-熱交聯性化合物- 從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏結性的觀點而言,感光性層包含熱交聯性化合物為較佳。另外,後述的具有乙烯性不飽和基之熱交聯性化合物不作為乙烯性不飽和化合物來處理,而作為熱交聯性化合物來處理。 -Heat-crosslinkable compound- From the viewpoint of the strength of the cured film to be obtained and the adhesiveness of the uncured film to be obtained, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound. In addition, the heat-crosslinkable compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated group mentioned later is not handled as an ethylenically unsaturated compound, but is handled as a heat-crosslinkable compound.

作為熱交聯性化合物,可以舉出羥甲基化合物及封端(block)異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏結性的觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。封端異氰酸酯化合物與羥基及羧基進行反應,因此例如當鹼可溶性樹脂及/或乙烯性不飽和化合物等具有羥基及羧基中的至少一者時,所形成之膜的親水性下降,從而將使感光性層硬化而成之膜用作保護膜時的功能趨於增強。另外,封端異氰酸酯化合物係指“具有用封端劑保護(所謂的遮蓋(mask))了異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。Examples of the heat-crosslinkable compound include a methylol compound and a block (block) isocyanate compound. Among these, blocked isocyanate compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. Blocked isocyanate compounds react with hydroxyl and carboxyl groups, so for example, when alkali-soluble resins and/or ethylenically unsaturated compounds have at least one of hydroxyl and carboxyl groups, the hydrophilicity of the formed film will decrease, which will make the photosensitive The function of the film formed by hardening the hardened layer tends to be enhanced when used as a protective film. In addition, the blocked isocyanate compound means "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent."

封端異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度並不受特別限制,但100℃~160℃為較佳,130℃~150℃為更佳。封端異氰酸酯的解離溫度係指“使用示差掃描熱量計並藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描熱量法)分析而測量時的伴隨封端異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。作為示差掃描熱量計,例如能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量計(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量計並不限定於此。The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100°C to 160°C, more preferably 130°C to 150°C. The dissociation temperature of blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry: differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter". As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. (model number: DSC6200) can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.

作為解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物〔丙二酸二酯(丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯、丙二酸二正丁酯、丙二酸二2-乙基己酯等)〕、肟化合物(甲醛肟、乙醛肟、丙酮肟、甲基乙基酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有-C(=N-OH)-所表示之結構之化合物)。在該等之中,作為解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑,例如從保存穩定性的觀點而言,包含肟化合物為較佳。As an end-capping agent with a dissociation temperature of 100°C to 160°C, active methylene compounds [malonate diesters (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, etc. , Di2-ethylhexyl malonate, etc.)], oxime compounds (formaldehyde oxime, acetaldehyde oxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime and cyclohexanone oxime, etc. have -C (=N- OH) - the compound of the structure represented). Among these, it is preferable to include an oxime compound as a blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100° C. to 160° C., for example, from the viewpoint of storage stability.

例如,從改善膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力等觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物例如藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化以對其加以保護而得到。在具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物之中,從與不具有肟結構之化合物相比,更容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍,且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點而言,具有將肟化合物用作封端劑之肟結構之化合物為較佳。For example, it is preferable that the blocked isocyanate compound has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the film and improving the adhesive force with the transfer target. A blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure is obtained, for example, by isocyanurating and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate. Among blocked isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, compared with compounds not having an oxime structure, it is easier to set the dissociation temperature in a preferable range, and it is easier to reduce developing residues. A compound having an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is preferred.

封端異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。作為聚合性基,並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及縮水甘油基等具有環氧基之基。其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and known polymerizable groups can be used, and radically polymerizable groups are preferred. Examples of the polymerizable group include ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and a styryl group, and groups having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group. Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is still more preferable.

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,能夠使用市售品。作為封端異氰酸酯化合物的市售品的例子,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標)AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BP等(以上為SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、封端型的Duranate系列(例如,Duranate(註冊商標)TPA-B80E、Duranate(註冊商標)WT32-B75P等,Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation製造)。又,作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,亦能夠使用下述結構的化合物。As a blocked isocyanate compound, a commercial item can be used. Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (the above are manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) , Duranate series of blocked type (for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranate (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation). Moreover, the compound of the following structures can also be used as a blocked isocyanate compound.

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的熱交聯性化合物。當感光性層包含熱交聯性化合物時,熱交聯性化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為1質量%~50質量%為較佳,5質量%~30質量%為更佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one type or two or more types of thermally crosslinkable compounds. When the photosensitive layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound, the content of the thermally crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer.

-其他成分- 感光性層可以包含其他成分。作為其他成分,例如可以舉出聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑、增感劑、各種添加劑等。感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的其他成分。 -Other ingredients- The photosensitive layer may contain other components. Examples of other components include polymerization inhibitors, surfactants, sensitizers, and various additives. The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of other components.

感光性層包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。若感光性層包含聚合抑制劑,則可抑制光阻圖案的線寬隨著從曝光步驟的結束至下一個步驟開始為止的時間的經過而變動。作為聚合抑制劑,例如可以舉出自由基聚合抑制劑。作為自由基聚合抑制劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0018段落中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑。其中,啡噻口井、啡口咢口井或4-甲氧基苯酚為較佳。作為其他自由基聚合抑制劑,可以舉出萘胺、氯化銅(I)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽及二苯基亞硝基胺等。為了不損害感光性層的靈敏度,將N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽用作自由基聚合抑制劑為較佳。It is preferable that a photosensitive layer contains a polymerization inhibitor. When the photosensitive layer contains a polymerization inhibitor, it can suppress that the line width of a photoresist pattern fluctuates with the lapse of time from the end of an exposure process to the start of a next process. As a polymerization inhibitor, a radical polymerization inhibitor is mentioned, for example. Examples of radical polymerization inhibitors include thermal polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Among them, phenothiazine, phenanthamide, or 4-methoxyphenol is preferred. Examples of other radical polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, copper (I) chloride, N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosoamine, and the like. In order not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable to use N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt as a radical polymerization inhibitor.

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的自由基聚合抑制劑。當感光性層包含自由基聚合抑制劑時,自由基聚合抑制劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.001質量%~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3.0質量%為更佳,0.02質量%~2.0質量%為進一步較佳。又,自由基聚合抑制劑的含量相對於聚合性化合物的總質量為0.005質量%~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3.0質量%為更佳,0.01質量%~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one type or two or more types of radical polymerization inhibitors. When the photosensitive layer contains a radical polymerization inhibitor, the content of the radical polymerization inhibitor relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3.0% by mass, 0.02 mass % - 2.0 mass % are more preferable. Also, the content of the radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.005% by mass to 5.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymerizable compound, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.0% by mass. good.

感光性層可以包含界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0017段落及日本特開2009-237362號公報的0060段落~0071段落中所記載之界面活性劑。又,作為界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳。The photosensitive layer may contain a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include those described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-237362. Moreover, as a surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant, or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯等。作為具體例,可以舉出Pluronic(商品名)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上為BASF公司製造)、Tetronic(商品名)304、701、704、901、904、150R1、HYDROPALAT WE 3323(以上為BASF公司製造)、Solsperse(商品名)20000(以上為Lubrizol Japan Limited.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN(商品名)D-1105、D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上為Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、Olfine E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As the nonionic surfactant, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerin propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.) base compounds, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol Dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, etc. Specific examples include Pluronic (trade name) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (the above are manufactured by BASF Corporation), Tetronic (trade name) 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, HYDROPALAT WE 3323 (above, manufactured by BASF Corporation), Solsperse (trade name) 20000 (above, manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (above, manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN (Trade names) D-1105, D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (the above are manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (the above are Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可以舉出MEGAFACE(商品名)F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-444、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP.MFS-330、EXP.MFS-578、EXP.MFS-578-2、EXP.MFS-579、EXP.MFS-586、EXP.MFS-587、EXP.MFS-628、EXP.MFS-631、EXP.MFS-603、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad(商品名)FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon(商品名)S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC Inc.製造)、PolyFox(商品名)PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、Ftergent(商品名)710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F(以上為Neos Company Limited製造)、U-120E(Uni-chem Co.,Ltd.)等。Examples of commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE (trade names) F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F- 143, F-144, F-437, F-444, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP.MFS-330, EXP.MFS-578, EXP.MFS-578-2, EXP.MFS-579, EXP.MFS-586, EXP.MFS-587, EXP.MFS-628, EXP.MFS-631, EXP.MFS-603, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 ( The above are manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad (trade name) FC430, FC431, FC171 (the above are manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon (trade name) S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105 , SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (the above are manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox (trade name) PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (the above are OMNOVA Solutions Inc. Ftergent (trade name) 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F (manufactured by Neos Company Limited), U-120E (Uni-chem Co., Ltd.), etc.

又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物為具有含有包含氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時包含氟原子之官能基部分被切斷,從而氟原子揮發。作為這種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE(商品名)DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如MEGAFACE(商品名)DS-21。Also, as the fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound having a molecular structure containing a functional group containing a fluorine atom is preferably used, and when heat is applied, the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off, thereby Fluorine atoms evaporate. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE (trade name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), For example MEGAFACE (trade name) DS-21.

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant.

作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用封端聚合物。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和來自於具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元。As the fluorine-based surfactant, a blocked polymer can also be used. The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a fluorine-containing polymer compound, which contains a constituent unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two or more (preferably It is a constituent unit of (meth)acrylate compound having 5 or more) alkoxyl groups (preferably ethoxyl groups, propoxyl groups).

作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物。可以舉出MEGAFACE(商品名)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等。As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used. Examples thereof include MEGAFACE (trade name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如亦可以使用具有碳數為7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物。但是,從提高環境適性之觀點而言,作為氟系界面活性劑,使用全氟辛酸(PFOA)或全氟辛烷磺酸(PFOS)的替代材料為較佳。As the fluorine-based surfactant, for example, a compound having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms can also be used. However, from the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability, it is preferable to use perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) or perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) as an alternative to the fluorine-based surfactant.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可以舉出由矽氧烷鍵構成之直鏈狀聚合物及在側鏈或末端導入有有機基之改質矽氧烷聚合物。作為矽酮系界面活性劑的具體例,可以舉出EXP.S-309-2、EXP.S-315、EXP.S-503-2、EXP.S-505-2(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、DOWSIL(商品名)8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)以及X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002、KP-101、KP-103、KP-104、KP-105、KP-106、KP-109、KP-109、KP-112、KP-120、KP-121、KP-124、KP-125、KP-301、KP-306、KP-310、KP-322、KP-323、KP-327、KP-341、KP-368、KP-369、KP-611、KP-620、KP-621、KP-626、KP-652(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370、BYK377、BYK378、BYK323(以上為BYK Chemie公司製造)等。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds and modified siloxane polymers having organic groups introduced into side chains or terminals. Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include EXP.S-309-2, EXP.S-315, EXP.S-503-2, and EXP.S-505-2 (manufactured by DIC Corporation). , DOWSIL (trade name) 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (the above are Dow Corning Todray Co., L .manufacturing) and X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X- 22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002, KP-101, KP-103, KP-104, KP-105, KP-106, KP-109, KP-109, KP-112, KP-120, KP-121, KP-124, KP-125, KP-301, KP-306, KP-310, KP-322, KP-323, KP-327, KP- 341, KP-368, KP-369, KP-611, KP-620, KP-621, KP-626, KP-652 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), F-4440, TSF- 4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc. above), BYK300, BYK306, BYK307, BYK310, BYK320, BYK323, BYK325, BYK330, BYK313, BYK315N, BYK333, BYK331, BYK347, BYK348, BYK349, BYK370, BYK377, BYK378, BYK323 (the above are manufactured by BYK Chemie), etc.

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的界面活性劑。界面活性劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of surfactants. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 mass % to 10 mass % with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, more preferably 0.01 mass % to 3 mass %.

感光性層包含增感劑為較佳。增感劑的種類並不受限制,可以使用公知的增感劑、染料及顏料。作為較佳的增感劑,例如可以舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧蒽酮化合物、噻噸酮(thioxanthone)化合物、吖啶酮化合物、口咢唑化合物、苯并口咢唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、茋化合物、三口井化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳基胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。It is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a sensitizer. The kind of sensitizer is not limited, and known sensitizers, dyes and pigments can be used. As preferred sensitizers, for example, dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridine compounds, Pyridone compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stilbene compounds, three well compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalene Diformimide compounds, triarylamine compounds and aminoacridine compounds.

感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的增感劑。當感光性層包含增感劑時,增感劑的含量能夠根據目的適當選擇,但從提高對光源的靈敏度及藉由聚合速度與鏈轉移的平衡而提高硬化速度之觀點而言,相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of sensitizers. When the photosensitive layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and increasing the hardening speed by balancing the polymerization speed and chain transfer, relative to the photosensitive The total mass of the sexual layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass.

感光性層根據需要可以包含公知的添加劑。作為添加劑,例如可以舉出塑化劑、雜環狀化合物、苯并三唑類、羧基苯并三唑類、吡啶類(異菸鹼醯胺等)、嘌呤鹼(腺嘌呤等)及溶劑。感光性層可以包含一種或兩種以上的添加劑。The photosensitive layer may contain known additives as needed. Examples of additives include plasticizers, heterocyclic compounds, benzotriazoles, carboxybenzotriazoles, pyridines (isonicotinamide, etc.), purine bases (adenine, etc.), and solvents. The photosensitive layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of additives.

作為苯并三唑類,例如可以舉出1,2,3-苯并三唑、1-氯-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-甲苯基三唑、雙(N-2-羥基乙基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等。Examples of benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)amino Methyl-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole, bis(N-2-hydroxyethyl ) Aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, etc.

作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如可以舉出4-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、5-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-羥基乙基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基伸乙基羧基苯并三唑等。作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如能夠使用CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.,商品名)等市售品。Examples of carboxybenzotriazoles include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N-(N,N-di -2-Ethylhexyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N-(N,N-di-2-hydroxyethyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N-(N,N - Di-2-ethylhexyl)aminoethylenylcarboxybenzotriazole and the like. As carboxybenzotriazoles, commercial items such as CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD., brand name) can be used, for example.

苯并三唑類及羧基苯并三唑類的合計含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01質量%~3質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。從對感光性層賦予保存穩定性之觀點而言,將上述含量設為0.01質量%以上為較佳。另一方面,從維持靈敏度並抑制染料的脫色之觀點而言,將上述含量設為3質量%以下為較佳。The total content of benzotriazoles and carboxybenzotriazoles is preferably 0.01 mass % to 3 mass % with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, more preferably 0.05 mass % to 1 mass %. It is preferable to make the said content into 0.01 mass % or more from a viewpoint of providing storage stability to a photosensitive layer. On the other hand, it is preferable to make the said content into 3 mass % or less from a viewpoint of maintaining sensitivity and suppressing decolorization of a dye.

感光性層可以包含選自包括塑化劑及雜環狀化合物之群組中之至少一種。作為塑化劑及雜環狀化合物,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0097段落~0103段落及0111段落~0118段落中所記載之化合物。The photosensitive layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of plasticizers and heterocyclic compounds. Examples of the plasticizer and the heterocyclic compound include compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0103 and paragraphs 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.

感光性層可以包含溶劑。當由包含溶劑之感光性組成物形成感光性層時,有時溶劑會殘留於感光性層中。The photosensitive layer may contain a solvent. When forming a photosensitive layer from the photosensitive composition containing a solvent, a solvent may remain in a photosensitive layer.

又,感光性層可以進一步包含金屬氧化物粒子、抗氧化劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、熱酸產生劑、紫外線吸收劑、增黏劑、交聯劑及有機或無機的沉澱防止劑等公知的添加劑。In addition, the photosensitive layer may further contain metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid multiplying agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners, crosslinking agents, and organic or Well-known additives, such as an inorganic precipitation preventive agent.

關於感光性層中所包含之添加劑,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0165段落~0184段落中,該公報的內容被編入本說明書中。About the additive contained in a photosensitive layer, it describes in the 0165 paragraph - 0184 paragraph of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-85643, The content of this publication is incorporated in this specification.

感光性層可以包含既定量的雜質。作為雜質的具體例,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫、鹵素及該等的離子。其中,鹵化物離子、鈉離子及鉀離子容易以雜質形式混入,因此設為下述含量為較佳。The photosensitive layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogens, and ions thereof. Among them, since halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are likely to be mixed in as impurities, it is preferable to set the following contents.

感光性層中的雜質的含量以質量基準計為80ppm以下為較佳,10ppm以下為更佳,2ppm以下為進一步較佳。雜質的含量以質量基準計能夠設為1ppb以上,亦可以設為0.1ppm以上。The content of impurities in the photosensitive layer is preferably at most 80 ppm on a mass basis, more preferably at most 10 ppm, and still more preferably at most 2 ppm. The content of impurities may be 1 ppb or more on a mass basis, and may be 0.1 ppm or more.

作為將雜質設在上述範圍內之方法,可以舉出選擇雜質的含量少者作為組成物的原料、在製作感光性層時防止雜質混入及清洗去除。藉由這種方法,能夠將雜質量設在上述範圍內。As a method of keeping the impurities within the above-mentioned range, selection of a material with a small content of impurities as a raw material of the composition, prevention of impurities from being mixed in the photosensitive layer, and removal by washing are mentioned. By this method, the amount of impurities can be set within the above-mentioned range.

雜質例如能夠利用ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma:感應耦合電漿)發光分光分析法、原子吸收光譜法及離子層析法等公知的方法進行定量。Impurities can be quantified by, for example, known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectrometry, atomic absorption spectrometry, and ion chromatography.

感光性層中的苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷等化合物的含量少為較佳。作為該等化合物相對於感光性層的總質量的含量,以質量基準計為100ppm以下為較佳,20ppm以下為更佳,4ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限以質量基準計相對於感光性層的總質量,能夠設為10ppb以上,亦能夠設為100ppb以上。該等化合物能夠利用與上述金屬的雜質相同的方法來抑制含量。又,能夠藉由公知的測量法進行定量。Benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and It is preferable that the content of compounds such as hexane is small. As content of these compounds with respect to the total mass of a photosensitive layer, 100 ppm or less is preferable on a mass basis, More preferably, it is 20 ppm or less, More preferably, it is 4 ppm or less. The lower limit may be 10 ppb or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive layer on a mass basis, and may be 100 ppb or more. The content of these compounds can be suppressed by the same method as the impurity of the above-mentioned metals. In addition, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.

從提高可靠性及層壓性之觀點而言,感光性層中的水的含量為0.01質量%~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~0.5質量%為更佳。The content of water in the photosensitive layer is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 1.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination.

感光性層有時包含與上述鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元對應之殘餘單體。從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點而言,殘餘單體的含量相對於鹼可溶性樹脂的總質量為5,000質量ppm以下為較佳,2,000質量ppm以下為更佳,500質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,但1質量ppm以上為較佳,10質量ppm以上為更佳。從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘餘單體的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為3,000質量ppm以下為較佳,600質量ppm以下為更佳,100質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,但0.1質量ppm以上為較佳,1質量ppm以上為更佳。The photosensitive layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the residual monomer content is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, relative to the total mass of the alkali-soluble resin . The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least 1 mass ppm, more preferably at least 10 mass ppm. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the residual monomer content of each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. More preferably, it is 100 mass ppm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least 0.1 mass ppm, more preferably at least 1 mass ppm.

藉由高分子反應合成鹼可溶性樹脂時的單體的殘餘單體量亦設在上述範圍內為較佳。例如,當使丙烯酸縮水甘油酯與羧酸側鏈進行反應而合成鹼可溶性樹脂時,將丙烯酸縮水甘油酯的含量設在上述範圍內為較佳。It is also preferable to set the residual monomer amount of the monomer in the case of synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin by polymer reaction within the above-mentioned range. For example, when synthesizing an alkali-soluble resin by making glycidyl acrylate and a carboxylic acid side chain react, it is preferable to make content of glycidyl acrylate into the said range.

殘餘單體的量能夠利用液相層析及氣相層析等公知的方法進行測量。The amount of residual monomers can be measured by known methods such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.

感光性層可以為包含顏料之著色層。關於顏料,只要根據所期望的色相適當選擇即可,能夠從黑色顏料、白色顏料、除黑色及白色以外的彩色顏料中選擇。其中,當形成黑色系的圖案時,作為顏料,較佳地選擇黑色顏料。The photosensitive layer may be a colored layer containing a pigment. What is necessary is just to select a pigment suitably according to desired hue, and can select from a black pigment, a white pigment, and color pigments other than black and white. Among them, when forming a black-based pattern, it is preferable to select a black pigment as the pigment.

作為黑色顏料,只要在不損害本揭示中的效果之範圍內,則能夠適當選擇公知的黑色顏料(有機顏料或無機顏料等)。其中,從光學濃度的觀點而言,作為黑色顏料,例如可以較佳地舉出碳黑、氧化鈦、碳化鈦、氧化鐵、氧化鈦及石墨等,碳黑為特佳。作為碳黑,從表面電阻的觀點而言,表面的至少一部分被樹脂被覆之碳黑為較佳。從分散穩定性的觀點而言,黑色顏料的粒徑以數量平均粒徑計為0.001μm~0.1μm為較佳,0.01μm~0.08μm為更佳。粒徑係指根據用電子顯微鏡拍攝之顏料粒子的照片圖像求出顏料粒子的面積並考慮與顏料粒子的面積相同面積的圓時的圓的直徑,數量平均粒徑係對任意100個粒子求出上述粒徑並將所求出之100個粒徑進行平均而得到之平均值。Known black pigments (organic pigments, inorganic pigments, etc.) can be appropriately selected as the black pigment within a range that does not impair the effects of the present disclosure. Among them, from the viewpoint of optical density, examples of the black pigment include preferably carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, and graphite, and carbon black is particularly preferred. As the carbon black, carbon black whose surface is at least partially covered with a resin is preferable from the viewpoint of surface resistance. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the particle size of the black pigment is preferably from 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.08 μm, as a number average particle size. The particle size refers to the diameter of a circle when the area of the pigment particle is calculated from the photo image of the pigment particle taken with an electron microscope and a circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particle is considered. The number average particle diameter is calculated for any 100 particles. The above-mentioned particle size is obtained, and the average value obtained by averaging 100 obtained particle sizes is obtained.

作為除黑色顏料以外的顏料,關於白色顏料,能夠使用日本特開2005-007765號公報的0015段落及0114段落中所記載之白色顏料。具體而言,在白色顏料之中,作為無機顏料,氧化鈦、氧化鋅、鋅鋇白、輕質碳酸鈣、白碳、氧化鋁、氫氧化鋁或硫酸鋇為較佳,氧化鈦或氧化鋅為更佳,氧化鈦為進一步較佳。作為無機顏料,金紅石型或銳鈦礦型的氧化鈦為進一步較佳,金紅石型的氧化鈦為特佳。As the pigments other than the black pigment, the white pigments described in paragraph 0015 and paragraph 0114 of JP-A-2005-007765 can be used as the white pigment. Specifically, among white pigments, as inorganic pigments, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide or barium sulfate are preferred, titanium oxide or zinc oxide Titanium oxide is more preferable, and titanium oxide is still more preferable. As the inorganic pigment, rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is more preferable, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferable.

氧化鈦的表面可以實施二氧化矽處理、氧化鋁處理、二氧化鈦處理、二氧化鋯處理或有機物處理,亦可以實施兩種以上的處理。藉此,氧化鈦的觸媒活性得到抑制,耐熱性及褪光性等得到改善。從減薄加熱後的感光性層的厚度之觀點而言,作為對氧化鈦的表面之表面處理,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理中的至少一者為較佳,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理這兩者為特佳。The surface of titania may be treated with silica, alumina, titania, zirconia, organic matter, or two or more treatments. Thereby, the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance, delustering properties, and the like are improved. From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive layer after heating, at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment is preferred as the surface treatment on the surface of titanium oxide, and alumina treatment and zirconia treatment are preferred. Dealing with both is excellent.

當感光性層為著色層時,從轉印性的觀點而言,感光性層進一步包含除黑色顏料及白色顏料以外的彩色顏料亦為較佳。當包含彩色顏料時,作為彩色顏料的粒徑,在分散性更優異的觀點上,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.08μm以下為更佳。作為彩色顏料,例如可以舉出維多利亞純藍BO(Color Index(比色指數)(以下C.I.)42595)、金黃胺(C.I.41000)、脂肪黑(fat black)HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾萊特黃(monolight yellow)GT(C.I.顏料黃12)、永久黃(permanent yellow)GR(C.I.顏料黃17)、永久黃HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久胭脂紅(permanent carmine)FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、赫斯塔巴姆紅(hostaperm red)ESB(C.I.顏料紫19)、永久寶石紅(permanent ruby)FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉紅(pastel pink)B司普拉(supura)(C.I.顏料紅81)、莫納斯特拉堅牢藍(monastral fast blue)(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫諾萊特堅牢黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)及碳、C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64及C.I.顏料紫23等。其中,C.I.顏料紅177為較佳。When the photosensitive layer is a colored layer, it is also preferable that the photosensitive layer further contains color pigments other than the black pigment and the white pigment from the viewpoint of transferability. When a color pigment is included, the particle size of the color pigment is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.08 μm or less, from the viewpoint of better dispersibility. Examples of color pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index (Color Index) (hereinafter C.I.) 42595), Auretamine (C.I. 41000), Fat Black (fat black) HB (C.I. 26150), Monolette Yellow (monolight yellow) GT (C.I. Pigment Yellow 12), permanent yellow (permanent yellow) GR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 17), permanent yellow HR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 83), permanent carmine (permanent carmine) FBB (C.I. Pigment Red 146) , Hestaperm red (hostaperm red) ESB (C.I. Pigment Violet 19), permanent ruby red (permanent ruby) FBH (C.I. Pigment Red 11), Fastel pink (pastel pink) B Supura (supura) (C.I. Pigment Red 81), monastral fast blue (C.I. Pigment Blue 15), Monolette Fast Black B (C.I. Pigment Black 1) and Carbon, C.I. Pigment Red 97, C.I. Pigment Red 122 , C.I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:1, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. Pigment Blue 64, C.I. Pigment Violet 23, etc. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred.

當感光性層包含顏料時,顏料的含量相對於感光性層的總質量超過3質量%且40質量%以下為較佳,超過3質量%且35質量%以下為更佳,超過5質量%且35質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以上且35質量%以下為特佳。When the photosensitive layer contains a pigment, the content of the pigment is preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 40% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, more preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 35% by mass, more than 5% by mass and 35 mass % or less is more preferable, and 10 mass % or more and 35 mass % or less are especially preferable.

當感光性層包含除黑色顏料以外的顏料(白色顏料及彩色顏料)時,除黑色顏料以外的顏料的含量相對於黑色顏料為30質量%以下為較佳,1質量%~20質量%為更佳,3質量%~15質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive layer contains pigments (white pigments and color pigments) other than black pigments, the content of pigments other than black pigments is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, relative to the black pigment. Preferably, 3% by mass to 15% by mass is more preferably.

在包含黑色顏料之感光性層的製造方法中,黑色顏料(較佳為碳黑)以顏料分散液的形態導入到後述的感光性組成物中為較佳。分散液可以為藉由將事先混合黑色顏料和顏料分散劑而得到之混合物加入到有機溶劑(或媒液(vehicle))中並且用分散機使其分散而製備者。顏料分散劑只要根據顏料及溶劑選擇即可,例如能夠使用市售的分散劑。另外,媒液係指製成顏料分散液時使顏料分散之媒質部分,其為液狀,包含將黑色顏料以分散狀態保持之黏合劑成分和溶解及稀釋黏合劑成分之溶劑成分(有機溶劑)。作為分散機,並沒有特別限制,例如可以舉出捏合機、輥磨機、磨碎機(attritor)、超級研磨機(super mill)、溶解器(dissolver)、均質混合器(homo mixer)及砂磨機(sand mill)等公知的分散機。此外,亦可以藉由機械式磨碎,利用摩擦力進行微粉碎。關於分散機及微粉碎,能夠參閱“顏料詞典”(朝倉邦造著,第一版,朝倉書店,2000年,438頁,310頁)的記載。In the manufacturing method of the photosensitive layer containing a black pigment, it is preferable to introduce a black pigment (preferably carbon black) into the photosensitive composition mentioned later in the form of a pigment dispersion liquid. The dispersion liquid may be one prepared by adding a mixture obtained by mixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant in advance to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing it with a disperser. What is necessary is just to select a pigment dispersant according to a pigment and a solvent, For example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. In addition, the medium refers to the part of the medium that disperses the pigment when the pigment dispersion is prepared. It is liquid and includes a binder component that maintains the black pigment in a dispersed state and a solvent component (organic solvent) that dissolves and dilutes the binder component. . The dispersing machine is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a super mill, a dissolver, a homo mixer, and a sand Known dispersing machines such as sand mills. In addition, mechanical grinding can also be used to perform fine pulverization using frictional force. Regarding the dispersing machine and fine pulverization, you can refer to the records in "Dictionary of Pigments" (by Kunizo Asakura, first edition, Asakura Shoten, 2000, pages 438 and 310).

感光性層的酸值為15mg/KOH以上為較佳,40mgKOH/g以上為更佳。若感光性層的酸值為15mg/KOH以上,則用作沉積遮罩的原材料之基材與轉印膜的密接性提高。感光性層的酸值為200mg/KOH以下為較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為更佳,135mg/KOH以下為進一步較佳。若感光性層的酸值為200mg/KOH以下,則可防止或減少在顯影過程中形成光阻圖案之感光性層或感光性層的硬化物的剝落。感光性層的酸值由感光性層中的酸基的平均含量算出。The acid value of the photosensitive layer is preferably at least 15 mg/KOH, more preferably at least 40 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of a photosensitive layer is 15 mg/KOH or more, the adhesiveness of the base material used as the raw material of a deposition mask, and a transfer film will improve. The acid value of the photosensitive layer is preferably at most 200 mg/KOH, more preferably at most 150 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably at most 135 mg/KOH. If the acid value of the photosensitive layer is 200 mg/KOH or less, peeling of the photosensitive layer or the cured product of the photosensitive layer forming the photoresist pattern during the development process can be prevented or reduced. The acid value of the photosensitive layer was calculated from the average content of acid groups in the photosensitive layer.

90℃下之感光性層的儲存彈性係數為1.0×10 7Pa以下為較佳,1.0×10 6Pa以下為更佳,1.0×10 5Pa以下為進一步較佳。若90℃下之感光性層的儲存彈性係數為1.0×10 7Pa以下,則用作沉積遮罩的原材料之基材與轉印膜的密接性提高。90℃下之感光性層的儲存彈性係數為1.0×10 2Pa以上為較佳,1.0×10 3Pa以上為更佳,1.0×10 4Pa以上為進一步較佳。若90℃下之感光性層的儲存彈性係數為1.0×10 2Pa以上,則圖案化性提高。感光性層的儲存彈性係數例如利用感光性層的組成進行調整。感光性層的儲存彈性係數例如利用聚合物的種類、聚合性化合物的種類、聚合性化合物的含量相對於聚合物的含量之比及添加劑的種類進行調整。 The storage elastic coefficient of the photosensitive layer at 90°C is preferably at most 1.0×10 7 Pa, more preferably at most 1.0×10 6 Pa, and still more preferably at most 1.0×10 5 Pa. When the storage modulus of the photosensitive layer at 90° C. is 1.0×10 7 Pa or less, the adhesiveness between the base material used as a raw material of the deposition mask and the transfer film will improve. The storage elastic coefficient of the photosensitive layer at 90°C is preferably at least 1.0×10 2 Pa, more preferably at least 1.0×10 3 Pa, and still more preferably at least 1.0×10 4 Pa. When the storage modulus of elasticity of the photosensitive layer at 90° C. is 1.0×10 2 Pa or more, patternability will improve. The storage modulus of the photosensitive layer is adjusted by, for example, the composition of the photosensitive layer. The storage elastic coefficient of the photosensitive layer is adjusted by, for example, the type of polymer, the type of polymerizable compound, the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound to the content of the polymer, and the type of additive.

在本揭示中,儲存彈性係數使用流變儀(例如,TA Instruments公司製造之流變儀DHR-2)、20mmΦ的平行板及帕耳帖板(peltier plate)(Gap:約0.5mm)在以下條件下進行測量。 (1)溫度:20℃~125℃ (2)升溫速度:5℃/分鐘 (3)頻率:1Hz (4)應變:0.5% In this disclosure, the storage modulus of elasticity uses a rheometer (for example, rheometer DHR-2 manufactured by TA Instruments), a parallel plate of 20 mmΦ, and a peltier plate (Gap: about 0.5 mm) at the following measured under the conditions. (1) Temperature: 20℃~125℃ (2) Heating rate: 5°C/min (3) Frequency: 1Hz (4) Strain: 0.5%

30℃下之感光性層的複數黏度為1.0×10 3Pa以上為較佳,1.0×10 4Pa以上為更佳,1.0×10 5Pa以上為進一步較佳。若30℃下之感光性層的複數黏度為1.0×10 3Pa以上,則可防止或減少在顯影過程中形成光阻圖案之感光性層或感光性層的硬化物的剝落。30℃下之感光性層的複數黏度為1.0×10 9Pa以下為較佳,1.0×10 8Pa以下為更佳,1.0×10 7Pa以下為進一步較佳。若30℃下之感光性層的複數黏度為1.0×10 9Pa以下,則用作沉積遮罩的原材料之基材與轉印膜的密接性提高。 The complex viscosity of the photosensitive layer at 30°C is preferably at least 1.0×10 3 Pa, more preferably at least 1.0×10 4 Pa, and still more preferably at least 1.0×10 5 Pa. If the complex viscosity of the photosensitive layer at 30°C is 1.0×10 3 Pa or more, peeling of the photosensitive layer or the cured product of the photosensitive layer forming the photoresist pattern during development can be prevented or reduced. The complex viscosity of the photosensitive layer at 30°C is preferably at most 1.0×10 9 Pa, more preferably at most 1.0×10 8 Pa, and still more preferably at most 1.0×10 7 Pa. When the complex viscosity of the photosensitive layer at 30° C. is 1.0×10 9 Pa or less, the adhesiveness between the base material used as the raw material of the deposition mask and the transfer film will improve.

在本揭示中,複數黏度使用流變儀(例如,TA Instruments公司製造之流變儀DHR-2)、20mmΦ的平行板及帕耳帖板(peltier plate)(Gap:約0.5mm)在以下條件下進行測量。 (1)溫度:20℃~125℃ (2)升溫速度:5℃/分鐘 (3)頻率:1Hz (4)應變:0.5% In this disclosure, the complex viscosity uses a rheometer (for example, rheometer DHR-2 manufactured by TA Instruments), a parallel plate of 20 mmΦ and a peltier plate (Gap: about 0.5 mm) under the following conditions down to measure. (1) Temperature: 20℃~125℃ (2) Heating rate: 5°C/min (3) Frequency: 1Hz (4) Strain: 0.5%

從顯影性及解析性的觀點而言,感光性層的平均厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,5μm以下為特佳。感光性層的平均厚度為0.5μm以上為較佳,1μm以上為更佳。感光性層的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而算出。From the viewpoint of developability and resolution, the average thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, still more preferably 8 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less. The average thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably at least 0.5 μm, more preferably at least 1 μm. The average thickness of the photosensitive layer was calculated by the arithmetic mean of the thickness of 5 places measured by the cross-sectional observation using the scanning electron microscope (SEM).

當轉印層為多層結構時,從解析性及凹凸追隨性的觀點而言,感光性層的平均厚度相對於轉印層的平均厚度的比例為10%~50%為較佳,15%~35%為更佳,20%~30%為進一步較佳。When the transfer layer has a multilayer structure, the ratio of the average thickness of the photosensitive layer to the average thickness of the transfer layer is preferably 10% to 50%, and 15% to 50%. 35% is more preferable, and 20% to 30% is still more preferable.

又,從密接性的觀點而言,感光性層的波長365nm的光的透射率為10%以上為較佳,30%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,但99.9%以下為較佳。In addition, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm of the photosensitive layer is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and still more preferably 50% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% or less.

只要可得到目標感光性層,則感光性層的製造方法不受限制。例如,感光性層藉由製備包含鹼可溶性樹脂、乙烯性不飽和化合物、光聚合起始劑及溶劑之感光性組成物並在偽支撐體等對象物上塗佈感光性組成物並且對感光性組成物的塗膜進行乾燥而形成。又,感光性層亦可以藉由將感光性組成物塗佈於後述的保護膜上並進行乾燥而形成。The method for producing the photosensitive layer is not limited as long as the target photosensitive layer can be obtained. For example, the photosensitive layer is prepared by preparing a photosensitive composition including an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent, and coating the photosensitive composition on an object such as a pseudo-support and controlling the photosensitive composition. The coating film of the composition is dried and formed. Moreover, the photosensitive layer can also be formed by apply|coating and drying the photosensitive composition on the protective film mentioned later.

作為感光性層的形成中所使用之感光性組成物,例如可以舉出包含鹼可溶性樹脂、乙烯性不飽和化合物、光聚合起始劑、上述任意成分及溶劑之組成物。為了調節感光性組成物的黏度而使得容易形成感光性層,感光性組成物包含溶劑為較佳。As a photosensitive composition used for formation of a photosensitive layer, the composition containing alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a photoinitiator, the said arbitrary component, and a solvent is mentioned, for example. In order to adjust the viscosity of a photosensitive composition and form a photosensitive layer easily, it is preferable that a photosensitive composition contains a solvent.

作為感光性組成物中所含有之溶劑,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(甲醇及乙醇等)、酮溶劑(丙酮及甲基乙基酮等)、芳香族烴溶劑(甲苯等)、非質子性極性溶劑(N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等)、環狀醚溶劑(四氫呋喃等)、酯溶劑、醯胺溶劑、內酯溶劑以及包含該等中的兩種以上之混合溶劑。Examples of solvents contained in the photosensitive composition include alkylene glycol ether solvents, alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (methanol and ethanol, etc.), ketone solvents (acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents (toluene, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.), cyclic ether solvents (tetrahydrofuran, etc.), ester solvents, amide solvents, Lactone solvents and mixed solvents containing two or more of these.

感光性組成物包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳。其中,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種和選自包括酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑之群組中之至少一種之混合溶劑為更佳,至少包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種、酮溶劑以及環狀醚溶劑這三種之混合溶劑為進一步較佳。It is preferable that the photosensitive composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents and at least one selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents The mixed solvent is more preferably at least one of at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent. Further better.

作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。Examples of alkylene glycol ether solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, Dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether.

作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。Examples of alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol Monoalkyl ether acetate.

作為溶劑,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0092段落~0094段落中所記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889號公報的0014段落中所記載之溶劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As the solvent, the solvents described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvents described in paragraph 0014 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-177889 can be used, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

感光性組成物可以包含一種或兩種以上的溶劑。塗佈感光性組成物時的溶劑的含量相對於感光性組成物中的總固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。The photosensitive composition may contain one kind or two or more kinds of solvents. The content of the solvent when applying the photosensitive composition is preferably 50 to 1,900 parts by mass, more preferably 100 to 900 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solids in the photosensitive composition.

感光性組成物的製備方法並不受特別限制,例如可以舉出藉由事先製備將各成分溶解於上述溶劑而成之溶液並將所得到之溶液以既定的比例進行混合而製備感光性組成物之方法。感光性組成物在形成感光性層之前使用孔徑0.2μm~30μm的過濾器進行過濾為較佳。The preparation method of the photosensitive composition is not particularly limited, for example, a solution obtained by dissolving each component in the above-mentioned solvent is prepared in advance and the obtained solution is mixed at a predetermined ratio to prepare a photosensitive composition. method. It is preferable to filter the photosensitive composition with a filter having a pore diameter of 0.2 μm to 30 μm before forming the photosensitive layer.

感光性組成物的塗佈方法並不受特別限制,利用公知的方法塗佈即可。作為塗佈方法,例如可以舉出狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾塗及噴墨塗佈。The coating method of the photosensitive composition is not particularly limited, and it may be coated by a known method. Examples of coating methods include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating.

作為感光性組成物的塗膜的乾燥方法,加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“乾燥”係指去除組成物中所包含之溶劑的至少一部分。作為乾燥方法,例如可以舉出自然乾燥、加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥。上述方法能夠單獨適用或者組合適用複數種。作為乾燥溫度,80℃以上為較佳,90℃以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。亦能夠連續地改變溫度而進行乾燥。作為乾燥時間,20秒以上為較佳,40秒以上為更佳,60秒以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,並不受特別限定,但600秒以下為較佳,300秒以下為更佳。As a method of drying the coating film of the photosensitive composition, heat drying and reduced-pressure drying are preferable. In addition, in this specification, "drying" means removing at least a part of the solvent contained in a composition. As a drying method, natural drying, heat drying, and reduced-pressure drying are mentioned, for example. The above methods can be applied individually or in combination. The drying temperature is preferably 80°C or higher, more preferably 90°C or higher. Moreover, as its upper limit, it is preferable that it is 130 degreeC or less, and it is more preferable that it is 120 degreeC or less. Drying can also be performed by changing the temperature continuously. The drying time is preferably at least 20 seconds, more preferably at least 40 seconds, and still more preferably at least 60 seconds. Also, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 300 seconds or less.

[中間層] 轉印膜包括中間層為較佳。中間層能夠抑制在轉印膜與對象物的貼合中氣泡混入轉印層與對象物之間而提高轉印層與對象物的密接性。中間層還能夠提高轉印層對表面粗糙的對象物的追隨性。中間層配置於偽支撐體與感光性層之間為較佳。亦即,轉印膜依序包括偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層為較佳。 [middle layer] It is preferable that the transfer film includes an intermediate layer. The intermediate layer can suppress air bubbles from being mixed between the transfer layer and the object during bonding of the transfer film and the object, thereby improving the adhesion between the transfer layer and the object. The intermediate layer can also improve the followability of the transfer layer to objects with rough surfaces. It is preferable that an intermediate layer is arrange|positioned between a dummy support body and a photosensitive layer. That is, it is preferable that the transfer film includes a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer in this order.

中間層的結構可以為單層結構或多層結構。作為中間層,例如可以舉出熱塑性樹脂層及水溶性樹脂層。當中間層包括熱塑性樹脂層及水溶性樹脂層這兩者時,轉印膜依序包括偽支撐體、熱塑性樹脂層、水溶性樹脂層及感光性層為較佳。又,作為中間層,例如還可以舉出在日本特開平5-72724號公報中作為“分離層”而記載之具有阻氧功能的阻氧層。若中間層為阻氧層,則曝光時的靈敏度提高,曝光機的時間負荷減少,從而生產性提高。The structure of the middle layer may be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. As an intermediate layer, a thermoplastic resin layer and a water-soluble resin layer are mentioned, for example. When the intermediate layer includes both a thermoplastic resin layer and a water-soluble resin layer, it is preferable that the transfer film sequentially includes a dummy support, a thermoplastic resin layer, a water-soluble resin layer, and a photosensitive layer. Furthermore, as the intermediate layer, for example, an oxygen barrier layer having an oxygen barrier function described in JP-A-5-72724 as a "separation layer" can also be mentioned. When the intermediate layer is an oxygen barrier layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and productivity is improved.

(熱塑性樹脂層) 熱塑性樹脂層包含鹼可溶性樹脂作為熱塑性樹脂為較佳。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并口咢唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。 (thermoplastic resin layer) The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin. Examples of alkali-soluble resins include acrylic resins, polystyrene resins, styrene-acrylic acid copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resins, polyester resins, epoxy resins, polycondensate resins, and polystyrene resins. Aldehyde resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycol.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,從顯影性及與鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,丙烯酸樹脂為較佳。丙烯酸樹脂係指具有選自包括來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺之構成單元之群組中之至少一種構成單元之樹脂。作為丙烯酸樹脂,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺之構成單元的合計含量相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳。 其中,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元的合計含量相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為30質量%~100質量%為較佳,50質量%~100質量%為更佳。 As the alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic resin is preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesiveness with an adjacent layer. The acrylic resin means having at least one kind selected from the group consisting of constituent units derived from (meth)acrylic acid, constituent units derived from (meth)acrylate, and constituent units derived from (meth)acrylamide. The resin that constitutes the unit. As an acrylic resin, the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate, and the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylamide relative to the total mass of the acrylic resin is More than 50% by mass is preferable. Among them, the total content of the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylate is preferably 30% by mass to 100% by mass, and 50% by mass to 100% by mass is more preferable.

鹼可溶性樹脂為具有酸基之聚合物為較佳。作為酸基,可以舉出羧基、磺基、磷酸基及膦酸基,羧基為較佳。The alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxyl group is preferred.

從顯影性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為酸值60mgKOH/g以上的鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳,酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂為更佳。鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值的上限並不受特別限制,但200mgKOH/g以下為較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of developability, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit of the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less.

作為酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,並不受特別限制,能夠從公知的樹脂中適當選擇使用。例如,可以舉出日本特開2011-95716號公報的0025段落中所記載之聚合物之中作為酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂的鹼可溶性樹脂、日本特開2010-237589號公報的0033段落~0052段落中所記載之聚合物之中酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂及日本特開2016-224162號公報的0053段落~0068段落中所記載之鹼可溶性樹脂之中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂。The carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known resins for use. For example, among the polymers described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2011-95716, an alkali-soluble resin that is a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more, JP-A-2010-237589 Among the polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of the publication, of the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more and the alkali-soluble resins described in paragraphs 0053 to 0068 of JP-A-2016-224162 Carboxyl-containing acrylic resin with a medium acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more.

含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂中的具有羧基之構成單元的共聚合比相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,12質量%~30質量%為進一步較佳。The copolymerization ratio of the structural unit having a carboxyl group in the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and 12% by mass to the total mass of the acrylic resin. 30 mass % is more preferable.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,從顯影性及與鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂為特佳。As the alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesiveness with an adjacent layer.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以具有反應性基。作為反應性基,只要為能夠聚合之基,例如能夠加成聚合、聚縮合或聚加成之基即可,可以舉出乙烯性不飽和基;羥基及羧基等聚縮合性基;環氧基、(封端)異氰酸酯基等聚加成反應性基。Alkali-soluble resins may have reactive groups. As the reactive group, as long as it is a group capable of polymerizing, for example, a group capable of addition polymerization, polycondensation or polyaddition, ethylenically unsaturated groups; polycondensable groups such as hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups; epoxy groups , (blocked) isocyanate groups and other polyaddition reactive groups.

鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為1,000以上為較佳,1萬~10萬為更佳,2萬~5萬為進一步較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 20,000 to 50,000.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含一種或兩種以上的鹼可溶性樹脂。從顯影性及與鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%~99質量%為較佳,20質量%~90質量%為更佳,40質量%~80質量%為進一步較佳,50質量%~70質量%為特佳。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type or two or more types of alkali-soluble resins. From the viewpoint of developability and adhesiveness to the adjacent layer, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. Preferably, 40 mass % - 80 mass % is more preferable, 50 mass % - 70 mass % is especially preferable.

熱塑性樹脂層包含顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的極大吸收波長為450nm以上且極大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(亦簡稱為“色素B”。)為較佳。色素B的較佳態樣除了後述的點以外,與色素N的較佳態樣相同。The thermoplastic resin layer contains a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is 450nm or more in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm during color development, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid, alkali or free radicals (also referred to as "pigment B"). good. The preferred aspect of the dye B is the same as the preferred aspect of the dye N except for the points described later.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,色素B為極大吸收波長藉由酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,極大吸收波長藉由酸而發生變化之色素為更佳。從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層包含作為色素B之極大吸收波長藉由酸而發生變化之色素及後述之藉由光而產生酸之化合物這兩者為較佳。From the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of exposed and non-exposed areas, dye B is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid or free radicals, and a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid for better. From the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the thermoplastic resin layer contains both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength of the dye B is changed by an acid and a compound that generates an acid by light as described later. Whichever is better.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含一種或兩種以上的色素B。從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素B的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.2質量%~6質量%為更佳,0.2質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.25質量%~3.0質量%為特佳。色素B的含量係指使熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之所有色素B成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例子,對色素B的含量的定量方法進行說明。製備在甲基乙基酮100mL中溶解色素0.001g或0.01g而成之兩種溶液。向所得到之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑(商品名,Irgacure OXE01,BASF公司製造),並照射365nm的光,藉此產生自由基而使所有色素成為顯色狀態。其後,在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,Shimadzu Corporation製造)測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,並製作校準曲線。接著,代替色素而將熱塑性樹脂層0.1g溶解於甲基乙基酮,除此以外,利用與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。依據校準曲線,由所得到之包含熱塑性樹脂層之溶液的吸光度算出熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之色素的量。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of dye B. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the content of the pigment B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.2% by mass to 6% by mass, and 0.2% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. -5 mass % is more preferable, and 0.25 mass %-3.0 mass % is especially preferable. The content of the dye B means the content of the dye when all the dye B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions were prepared by dissolving 0.001 g or 0.01 g of the pigment in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone. A photoradical polymerization initiator (trade name, Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Corporation) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and 365 nm light was irradiated to generate radicals to bring all the pigments into a colored state. Thereafter, under an atmospheric environment, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve was prepared. Next, except for dissolving 0.1 g of the thermoplastic resin layer in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dye was developed was measured by the same method as above. According to the calibration curve, the amount of the pigment contained in the thermoplastic resin layer was calculated from the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含藉由光而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物(亦簡稱為“化合物C”。)。作為化合物C,受到紫外線及可見光線等活性光線而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物為較佳。作為化合物C,能夠使用公知的光酸產生劑、光鹼產生劑及光自由基聚合起始劑(光自由基產生劑)。其中,光酸產生劑為較佳。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound (also simply referred to as "compound C") that generates acid, base, or radical by light. Compound C is preferably a compound that generates acid, base or free radicals upon exposure to active rays such as ultraviolet rays and visible rays. As the compound C, known photoacid generators, photobase generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators) can be used. Among them, photoacid generators are preferred.

從解析性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層包含光酸產生劑為較佳。作為光酸產生劑,可以舉出上述感光性層可以包含之光陽離子聚合起始劑,除了後述的點以外,較佳態樣亦相同。From an analytical point of view, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a photoacid generator. As a photoacid generator, the photocationic polymerization initiator which may be contained in the said photosensitive layer is mentioned, and the preferable aspect is the same except the point mentioned later.

作為光酸產生劑,從靈敏度及解析性的觀點而言,包含選自包括鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,從靈敏度、解析性及密接性的觀點而言,包含肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。又,作為光酸產生劑,具有以下結構之光酸產生劑亦為較佳。As the photoacid generator, it is preferable to include at least one compound selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds from the viewpoints of sensitivity and resolution. From a viewpoint, it is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound. Moreover, as a photoacid generator, the photoacid generator which has the following structures is also preferable.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含光自由基聚合起始劑(光自由基聚合起始劑)。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以舉出上述感光性層可以包含之光自由基聚合起始劑,較佳態樣亦相同。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator (photoradical polymerization initiator). As a photoradical polymerization initiator, the photoradical polymerization initiator which may be contained in the said photosensitive layer is mentioned, and a preferable aspect is also the same.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含光鹼產生劑。作為光鹼產生劑,只要為公知的光鹼產生劑,則不受特別限制,例如可以舉出2-硝基苄基環己基胺甲酸酯、三苯基甲醇、O-胺甲醯基羥基醯胺、O-胺甲醯基肟、{[(2,6-二硝基苄基)氧基]羰基}環己基胺、雙{[(2-硝基苄基)氧基]羰基}己烷-1,6-二胺、4-(甲硫基苯甲醯基)-1-甲基-1-口末啉基乙烷、(4-口末啉基苯甲醯基)-1-苄基-1-二甲基胺基丙烷、N-(2-硝基苄氧基羰基)吡咯啶、六胺合鈷(III)三(三苯基甲基硼酸鹽)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)丁酮、2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2-硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶及2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2,4-二硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator. The photobase generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a known photobase generator, and examples include 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylcarbinol, O-carbamoylhydroxyl Amide, O-aminoformyl oxime, {[(2,6-dinitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl}cyclohexylamine, bis{[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl}hexyl Alkane-1,6-diamine, 4-(methylthiobenzoyl)-1-methyl-1-portolinylethane, (4-porterolylbenzoyl)-1- Benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane, N-(2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine, hexaaminecobalt(III) tris(triphenylmethylborate), 2-benzyl- 2-Dimethylamino-1-(4-pornolinylphenyl)butanone, 2,6-Dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4-(2-nitrophenyl) -1,4-dihydropyridine and 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含一種或兩種以上的化合物C。從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,化合物C的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為更佳。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one compound C or two or more. From the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the content of the compound C is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, and 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. better.

從解析性、與鄰接之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層包含塑化劑為較佳。It is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a plasticizer from the viewpoint of resolution, adhesiveness with an adjacent layer, and developability.

塑化劑的分子量(當為低聚物或聚合物時為重量平均分子量(Mw))小於鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量為較佳。塑化劑的分子量(重量平均分子量(Mw))為200~2,000為較佳。The plasticizer preferably has a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) when it is an oligomer or a polymer) smaller than that of the alkali-soluble resin. It is preferable that the molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw)) of a plasticizer is 200-2,000.

塑化劑只要為與鹼可溶性樹脂相容而顯現可塑性之化合物,則不受特別限制,但從賦予可塑性之觀點而言,塑化劑在分子中具有伸烷氧基為較佳,聚伸烷基二醇化合物為更佳。塑化劑中所包含之伸烷氧基具有聚伸乙氧基結構或聚伸丙氧基結構為更佳。The plasticizer is not particularly limited as long as it is compatible with the alkali-soluble resin and exhibits plasticity. However, from the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer preferably has an alkylene group in the molecule. The diol compound is more preferable. It is more preferable that the alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer has a polyethoxyl structure or a polypropoxyl structure.

又,從解析性及保存穩定性的觀點而言,塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。從相容性、解析性及與鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為丙烯酸樹脂且塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。作為用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,可以舉出作為上述感光性層中所含有之乙烯性不飽和化合物而記載之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。Moreover, it is preferable that a plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound from a viewpoint of analytical property and storage stability. It is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and that the plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound from the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution, and adhesiveness with adjacent layers. As a (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer, the (meth)acrylate compound described as an ethylenically unsaturated compound contained in the said photosensitive layer is mentioned.

當在轉印膜中熱塑性樹脂層與感光性層直接接觸而積層時,熱塑性樹脂層及感光性層均包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。這是因為,藉由熱塑性樹脂層及感光性層分別包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,可抑制層間的成分擴散,保存穩定性提高。When the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive layer are laminated in direct contact with each other in the transfer film, it is preferable that both the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive layer contain the same (meth)acrylate compound. This is because, when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive layer each contain the same (meth)acrylate compound, the diffusion of components between the layers can be suppressed, and storage stability can be improved.

當熱塑性樹脂層包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物作為塑化劑時,從與鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物在曝光後的曝光部亦不聚合為較佳。When the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth)acrylate compound as a plasticizer, it is preferable that the (meth)acrylate compound does not polymerize in the exposed portion after exposure from the viewpoint of adhesion to the adjacent layer. .

又,從解析性、與鄰接之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,作為用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,在一個分子中具有2個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In addition, from the viewpoint of resolution, adhesion to adjacent layers, and developability, as a (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer, there are two or more (meth)acrylic compounds in one molecule. Acyl polyfunctional (meth)acrylate compounds are preferred.

此外,作為用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,具有酸基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物或胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦為較佳。Moreover, as a (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer, the (meth)acrylate compound or urethane (meth)acrylate compound which has an acidic group is also preferable.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含一種或兩種以上的塑化劑。從解析性、與鄰接之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,塑化劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為1質量%~70質量%為較佳,10質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為進一步較佳。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of plasticizers. From the standpoint of resolution, adhesion to adjacent layers, and developability, the content of the plasticizer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass, and 10% by mass to 60% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. % is more preferred, and 20% by mass to 50% by mass is still more preferred.

從厚度均勻性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層包含界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,可以舉出上述感光性層可以包含之界面活性劑,較佳態樣亦相同。熱塑性樹脂層可以包含一種或兩種以上的界面活性劑。界面活性劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include those that may be included in the above-mentioned photosensitive layer, and the same is true for preferred aspects. The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type or two or more types of surfactants. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含增感劑。作為增感劑,並不受特別限制,可以舉出上述感光性層可以包含之增感劑。熱塑性樹脂層可以包含一種或兩種以上的增感劑。增感劑的含量能夠根據目的適當選擇,但從提高對光源的靈敏度以及曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,在0.01質量%~5質量%的範圍內為較佳,在0.05質量%~1質量%的範圍內為更佳。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer. It does not specifically limit as a sensitizer, The sensitizer which may be contained in the said photosensitive layer is mentioned. The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of sensitizers. The content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, it is 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. The range of 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable.

熱塑性樹脂層除了上述成分以外,根據需要可以包含公知的添加劑。又,關於熱塑性樹脂層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0189段落~0193段落中,該公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives as needed in addition to the above components. Moreover, about a thermoplastic resin layer, it describes in paragraph 0189 - 0193 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-85643, and the content described in this publication is incorporated in this specification.

從與鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度為1μm以上為較佳,2μm以上為更佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從顯影性及解析性的觀點而言,20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為進一步較佳。熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而算出。The average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness with adjacent layers. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of developability and resolution, it is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and still more preferably 5 μm or less. The average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer was calculated from the arithmetic mean of the thicknesses at five locations measured in cross-sectional observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

只要可得到目標熱塑性樹脂層,則熱塑性樹脂層的製造方法不受限制。作為熱塑性樹脂層的製造方法,例如可以舉出藉由製備包含上述成分和溶劑之熱塑性樹脂組成物並在偽支撐體等對象物上塗佈熱塑性組成物並且對熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜進行乾燥而形成之方法。為了調節熱塑性樹脂組成物的黏度而使得容易形成熱塑性樹脂層,熱塑性樹脂組成物包含溶劑為較佳。The production method of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited as long as the target thermoplastic resin layer can be obtained. As a method for producing a thermoplastic resin layer, for example, by preparing a thermoplastic resin composition containing the above-mentioned components and a solvent, coating the thermoplastic composition on an object such as a dummy support, and drying the coated film of the thermoplastic resin composition And the method of formation. In order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition to facilitate the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin composition contains a solvent.

作為熱塑性樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散熱塑性樹脂層中所含有之上述成分,則不受特別限制。作為熱塑性樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑,可以舉出上述感光性組成物可以包含之溶劑,較佳態樣亦相同。熱塑性樹脂組成物可以包含一種或兩種以上的溶劑。塗佈熱塑性樹脂組成物時的溶劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。The solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the above-mentioned components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer. As a solvent contained in a thermoplastic resin composition, the solvent which can be contained in the said photosensitive composition is mentioned, and a preferable aspect is also the same. The thermoplastic resin composition may contain one kind or two or more kinds of solvents. The content of the solvent when coating the thermoplastic resin composition is preferably 50 to 1,900 parts by mass, more preferably 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solids in the thermoplastic resin composition.

熱塑性樹脂組成物的製備及熱塑性樹脂層的形成只要遵照上述感光性組成物的製備方法及感光性層的形成方法進行即可。例如,事先製備將熱塑性樹脂層中所含有之各成分溶解於上述溶劑而成之溶液,藉由以既定的比例混合所得到之溶液而製備熱塑性樹脂組成物之後,將所得到之熱塑性樹脂組成物塗佈於偽支撐體的表面,並使熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜乾燥,藉此形成熱塑性樹脂層。又,亦可以在後述的保護膜上形成感光性層及水溶性樹脂層之後,在水溶性樹脂層上形成熱塑性樹脂層。The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out in accordance with the preparation method of the above-mentioned photosensitive composition and the formation method of the photosensitive layer. For example, a solution obtained by dissolving the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer in the above-mentioned solvent is prepared in advance, and after the thermoplastic resin composition is prepared by mixing the obtained solution at a predetermined ratio, the obtained thermoplastic resin composition The thermoplastic resin layer is formed by coating on the surface of the dummy support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition. Moreover, after forming a photosensitive layer and a water-soluble resin layer on the protective film mentioned later, you may form a thermoplastic resin layer on a water-soluble resin layer.

(水溶性樹脂層) 水溶性樹脂層包含水溶性樹脂為較佳。作為水溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、聚環氧乙烷系樹脂、明膠、乙烯醚系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等的共聚物等樹脂。從抑制複數個層間的成分的混合之觀點而言,水溶性樹脂層中所含有之水溶性樹脂為與感光性層中所含有之聚合物及熱塑性樹脂層中所含有之熱塑性樹脂(例如,鹼可溶性樹脂)均不同的樹脂為較佳。 (water-soluble resin layer) The water-soluble resin layer preferably contains a water-soluble resin. Examples of water-soluble resins include polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resins, cellulose-based resins, acrylamide-based resins, polyethylene oxide-based resins, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resins, polyvinyl ether-based resins, Amide resins and their copolymers and other resins. From the viewpoint of suppressing mixing of components between multiple layers, the water-soluble resin contained in the water-soluble resin layer is compatible with the polymer contained in the photosensitive layer and the thermoplastic resin (such as alkali) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer. Soluble resins) are all different resins are preferred.

從阻氧性以及抑制塗佈複數層時及塗佈後保存時的成分的混合之觀點而言,水溶性樹脂層包含聚乙烯醇為較佳,包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮這兩者為更佳。From the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties and suppression of mixing of components when applying multiple layers and when storing after coating, it is preferable that the water-soluble resin layer contains polyvinyl alcohol, including polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone. whichever is better.

水溶性樹脂層可以包含一種或兩種以上的水溶性樹脂。The water-soluble resin layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of water-soluble resins.

水溶性樹脂層中的水溶性樹脂的含量並不受特別限制,但從阻氧性以及塗佈複數層時及塗佈後保存時的成分的混合之觀點而言,相對於水溶性樹脂層的總質量為50質量%~100質量%為較佳,70質量%~100質量%為更佳,80質量%~100質量%為進一步較佳,90質量%~100質量%為特佳。The content of the water-soluble resin in the water-soluble resin layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties and the mixing of components when applying multiple layers and when storing after coating, relative to the content of the water-soluble resin layer The total mass is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, further preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass.

又,水溶性樹脂層根據需要可以包含界面活性劑等添加劑。Moreover, the water-soluble resin layer may contain additives, such as a surfactant, as needed.

水溶性樹脂層的平均厚度為0.1μm~5μm為較佳,0.5μm~3μm為更佳。這是因為,若水溶性樹脂層的厚度在上述範圍內,則不會使阻氧性下降而能夠抑制塗佈複數層時及塗佈後保存時的成分的混合,並且能夠抑制顯影時水溶性樹脂層的去除時間增加。水溶性樹脂層的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而算出。The average thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm. This is because, if the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is within the above-mentioned range, the mixing of components when applying multiple layers and when storing after coating can be suppressed without reducing the oxygen barrier property, and the water-soluble resin layer can be suppressed during development. Layer removal time increases. The average thickness of the water-soluble resin layer was calculated from the arithmetic mean of the thicknesses at five locations measured in cross-sectional observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

只要可得到目標水溶性樹脂層,則水溶性樹脂層的製造方法不受限制。水溶性樹脂層例如藉由製備包含水溶性樹脂及任意添加劑之水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物並將其塗佈於熱塑性樹脂層或感光性層並且對水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物的塗膜進行乾燥而形成。為了調節水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物的黏度而使得容易形成水溶性樹脂層,水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物包含溶劑為較佳。The method for producing the water-soluble resin layer is not limited as long as the target water-soluble resin layer can be obtained. The water-soluble resin layer is prepared, for example, by preparing a water-soluble resin layer-forming composition containing a water-soluble resin and optional additives, applying it to a thermoplastic resin layer or a photosensitive layer, and coating the water-soluble resin layer-forming composition. formed by drying. In order to adjust the viscosity of the water-soluble resin layer-forming composition to facilitate the formation of the water-soluble resin layer, it is preferable that the water-soluble resin layer-forming composition contains a solvent.

作為水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物中所含有之溶劑,選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳,水或水與水混合性有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。作為水混合性有機溶劑,例如可以舉出碳數1~3的醇、丙酮、乙二醇及甘油,碳數1~3的醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。As the solvent contained in the composition for forming a water-soluble resin layer, at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is preferable, and water or a mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is more preferable. good. Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin, and alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferred, and methanol or ethanol is more preferred.

[其他層] 轉印層可以進一步包括其他層。作為其他層,例如可以舉出折射率調整層(對比度增強層)。關於對比度增強層,記載於國際公開第2018/179640號的0134段落中。又,關於其他層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0194段落~0196段落中。該等公報的內容被編入本說明書中。 [other layers] The transfer layer may further include other layers. As another layer, a refractive index adjustment layer (contrast enhancement layer) is mentioned, for example. Regarding the contrast enhancement layer, it is described in paragraph 0134 of International Publication No. 2018/179640. Moreover, it describes in paragraph 0194 - 0196 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-85643 about another layer. The contents of these publications are incorporated into this specification.

從凹凸追隨性的觀點而言,聚合性化合物(較佳為乙烯性不飽和化合物)的總質量相對於轉印層(較佳為感光性層)中的聚合物(較佳為鹼可溶性樹脂)的總質量之比為0.4以上為較佳,0.6以上為更佳,0.8以上為進一步較佳。聚合性化合物(較佳為乙烯性不飽和化合物)的總質量相對於轉印層(較佳為感光性層)中的聚合物(較佳為鹼可溶性樹脂)的總質量之比為1.6以下為較佳,1.4以下為更佳,1.2以下為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of irregularity followability, the total mass of polymerizable compounds (preferably ethylenically unsaturated compounds) relative to the polymer (preferably alkali-soluble resin) in the transfer layer (preferably photosensitive layer) The ratio of the total mass is preferably 0.4 or more, more preferably 0.6 or more, and still more preferably 0.8 or more. The ratio of the total mass of the polymerizable compound (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated compound) to the total mass of the polymer (preferably an alkali-soluble resin) in the transfer layer (preferably a photosensitive layer) is 1.6 or less. Preferably, 1.4 or less is more preferred, and 1.2 or less is still more preferred.

從解析性的觀點而言,轉印層的平均厚度為50μm以下為較佳,20μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳,5μm以下為特佳。從轉印性的觀點而言,轉印層的平均厚度為0.1μm以上為較佳,0.5μm以上為更佳,1.0μm以上為進一步較佳。轉印層的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而算出。From the analytical viewpoint, the average thickness of the transfer layer is preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less, still more preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less. From the viewpoint of transferability, the average thickness of the transfer layer is preferably at least 0.1 μm, more preferably at least 0.5 μm, and still more preferably at least 1.0 μm. The average thickness of the transfer layer was calculated from the arithmetic mean of the thicknesses at five locations measured in cross-sectional observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

[保護膜] 轉印膜包括保護膜為較佳。例如,轉印膜依序包括偽支撐體、轉印層及保護膜為較佳。 [protective film] It is preferable that the transfer film includes a protective film. For example, it is preferable that the transfer film sequentially includes a dummy support, a transfer layer, and a protective film.

作為構成保護膜之材料,可以舉出樹脂薄膜及紙,從強度及可撓性的觀點而言,樹脂薄膜為較佳。作為樹脂薄膜,可以舉出聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。其中,聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜或聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。Examples of the material constituting the protective film include resin films and paper, and resin films are preferred from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility. Examples of the resin film include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film. Among them, polyethylene film, polypropylene film or polyethylene terephthalate film is preferred.

保護膜的平均厚度為1μm~100μm為較佳,5μm~50μm為更佳,5μm~40μm為進一步較佳,15μm~30μm為特佳。保護膜的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而算出。The average thickness of the protective film is preferably from 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably from 5 μm to 50 μm, still more preferably from 5 μm to 40 μm, and most preferably from 15 μm to 30 μm. The average thickness of the protective film was calculated by the arithmetic mean of the thicknesses at 5 places measured by cross-sectional observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

從解析性更優異的觀點而言,保護膜的面向轉印層之表面(以下,亦簡稱為“保護膜的表面”。)的算術平均粗糙度Ra為0.3μm以下為較佳,0.1μm以下為更佳,0.05μm以下為進一步較佳。藉由保護膜的表面的Ra值在上述範圍內,轉印層及所形成之光阻圖案的厚度的均勻性提高。保護膜的表面的Ra值的下限並不受特別限制,但0.001μm以上為較佳。From the standpoint of better resolution, the surface of the protective film facing the transfer layer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "the surface of the protective film") has an arithmetic average roughness Ra of 0.3 μm or less, preferably 0.1 μm or less More preferably, it is more preferably 0.05 μm or less. When the Ra value of the surface of the protective film is within the above-mentioned range, the uniformity of the thickness of the transfer layer and the formed photoresist pattern improves. The lower limit of the Ra value of the surface of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.001 μm or more.

保護膜的表面的Ra值利用以下方法進行測量。使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo公司製造)在以下條件下測量保護膜的表面而得到光學膜的表面輪廓。作為測量/分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,利用上述分析軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,在Surface Map畫面中得到直方圖資料。由所得到之直方圖資料算出算術平均粗糙度,得到保護膜的表面的Ra值。The Ra value of the surface of the protective film was measured by the following method. The surface profile of the optical film was obtained by measuring the surface of the protective film using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation) under the following conditions. As measurement/analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 was used. Then, use the above-mentioned analysis software to display the Surface Map screen, and obtain the histogram data in the Surface Map screen. The arithmetic mean roughness was calculated from the obtained histogram data, and the Ra value of the surface of the protective film was obtained.

保護膜例如藉由保護膜與轉印層的貼合而導入到轉印膜中。保護膜與轉印層的貼合例如使用公知的層壓機來實施。作為層壓機,例如可以舉出真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機。層壓機為具備橡膠輥等任意的能夠加熱之輥且能夠加壓及加熱之裝置為較佳。The protective film is introduced into the transfer film by bonding the protective film and the transfer layer together, for example. Bonding of a protective film and a transfer layer is implemented using a well-known laminator, for example. As a laminator, a vacuum laminator and an automatic cutting laminator are mentioned, for example. It is preferable that the laminator is equipped with any heatable roller such as a rubber roller and is capable of pressurization and heating.

<沉積遮罩之製造方法> 以下,對本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法進行說明。在一實施形態中,沉積遮罩之製造方法包括以下步驟。 (1)準備本揭示之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜(以下,有時稱為“第1準備步驟”。)。 (1)準備具有第1面及第1面的相反側的第2面之基材(以下,有時稱為“第1準備步驟”。)。 (3)將基材與轉印膜進行貼合而在基材的第1面上依序配置轉印膜中所包括之感光性層及偽支撐體(以下,有時稱為“貼合步驟”。)。 (4)對配置於基材上之感光性層進行圖案曝光(以下,有時稱為“曝光步驟”。)。 (5)對感光性層進行圖案曝光之後,對感光性層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案(以下,有時稱為“顯影步驟”。)。 (6)形成光阻圖案之後,對基材實施蝕刻處理而形成從基材的第1面延伸至基材的第2面之貫通孔(以下,有時稱為“蝕刻步驟”。)。 (7)形成貫通孔之後,去除光阻圖案(以下,有時稱為“去除步驟”。)。 <Manufacturing method of deposition mask> Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the deposition mask of the present disclosure will be described. In one embodiment, a method for manufacturing a deposition mask includes the following steps. (1) Prepare the transfer film for deposition mask formation of this disclosure (it may be called "the 1st preparation process" hereafter.). (1) Prepare the base material which has the 1st surface and the 2nd surface opposite to the 1st surface (Hereinafter, it may be called "the 1st preparation process."). (3) Bonding the base material and the transfer film, and sequentially disposing the photosensitive layer and the dummy support included in the transfer film on the first surface of the base material (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "bonding step") ".). (4) Pattern exposure is performed on the photosensitive layer arrange|positioned on the base material (Hereinafter, it may be called "exposure process."). (5) After performing pattern exposure on the photosensitive layer, developing treatment is performed on the photosensitive layer to form a photoresist pattern (hereinafter, it may be referred to as a "development step."). (6) After the photoresist pattern is formed, the substrate is etched to form through holes extending from the first surface of the substrate to the second surface of the substrate (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "etching step"). (7) After forming the through hole, remove the photoresist pattern (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “removal step”).

[第1準備步驟] 在第1準備步驟中,準備本揭示之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜。沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜的態樣如已敘述。 [1st preparation step] In the first preparation step, the transfer film for deposition mask formation according to the present disclosure is prepared. The aspect of depositing the transfer film for mask formation is as already mentioned.

[第2準備步驟] 在第2準備步驟中,準備具有第1面及第1面的相反側的第2面之基材。第2準備步驟可以在第1準備步驟之前實施。第2準備步驟亦可以在第1準備步驟之後實施。第2準備步驟亦可以與第1準備步驟同時實施。 [2nd preparation step] In the second preparation step, a substrate having a first surface and a second surface opposite to the first surface is prepared. The second preparatory step may be performed before the first preparatory step. The second preparatory step may be carried out after the first preparatory step. The second preparatory step may be carried out simultaneously with the first preparatory step.

基材的結構可以為單層結構或多層結構。The structure of the substrate can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure.

基材包括金屬層為較佳。基材可以為金屬層。金屬層的結構可以為單層結構或多層結構。作為金屬層中所包含之金屬元素,例如可以舉出Cu、Ni、Fe、Cr、Mn及Co。金屬層包含鐵(Fe)為較佳。金屬層的一部分或全部亦可以為合金。作為合金,例如可以舉出Ni-Co合金、Fe-Ni合金及Fe-Ni-Co合金。作為Fe-Ni合金,可以舉出因鋼(invar)。作為Fe-Ni-Co合金,例如可以舉出超級因鋼。金屬層包含選自包括Cu、Ni、Fe、Cr、Mn及Co之群組中之至少一種金屬元素為較佳,包含選自包括Cu、Fe及Ni之群組中之至少一種金屬元素為更佳。金屬層可以包含除金屬元素以外的元素。作為除金屬元素以外的元素,例如可以舉出B、C、N、O、P、S及Cl。金屬層可以包含在製造過程中不可避免地混入之雜質。金屬層為鐵合金為較佳。金屬層為包含Fe及Ni之合金為較佳。金屬層為包含Fe、Ni及Co之合金為較佳。合金中所佔據之Ni的比例為10質量%~50質量%為較佳,30質量%~40質量%為更佳,32質量%~38質量%為進一步較佳。合金中所佔據之Co的比例為0質量%~10質量%為較佳,2質量%~6質量%為更佳。Preferably, the substrate includes a metal layer. The substrate can be a metal layer. The structure of the metal layer can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. As a metal element contained in a metal layer, Cu, Ni, Fe, Cr, Mn, and Co are mentioned, for example. The metal layer preferably contains iron (Fe). A part or all of the metal layer may be an alloy. Examples of alloys include Ni—Co alloys, Fe—Ni alloys, and Fe—Ni—Co alloys. Examples of Fe—Ni alloys include invar. Examples of Fe-Ni-Co alloys include Super Invar. It is preferable that the metal layer comprises at least one metal element selected from the group comprising Cu, Ni, Fe, Cr, Mn and Co, and it is more preferable to comprise at least one metal element selected from the group comprising Cu, Fe and Ni. good. The metal layer may contain elements other than metal elements. Examples of elements other than metal elements include B, C, N, O, P, S, and Cl. The metal layer may contain impurities inevitably mixed in during the manufacturing process. Preferably, the metal layer is an iron alloy. The metal layer is preferably an alloy containing Fe and Ni. The metal layer is preferably an alloy containing Fe, Ni and Co. The ratio of Ni occupied in the alloy is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 32% by mass to 38% by mass. The proportion of Co contained in the alloy is preferably 0% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 6% by mass.

從沉積遮罩的製造過程中的貫通孔的解析性的觀點而言,金屬層的平均厚度為100μm以下為較佳,30μm以下為更佳,25μm以下為進一步較佳。從沉積遮罩的剛性的觀點而言,金屬層的平均厚度為5μm以上為較佳,10μm以上為更佳。金屬層的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而算出。From the standpoint of resolution of the through-holes in the deposition mask manufacturing process, the average thickness of the metal layer is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 30 μm or less, and still more preferably 25 μm or less. From the viewpoint of the rigidity of the deposition mask, the average thickness of the metal layer is preferably 5 μm or more, more preferably 10 μm or more. The average thickness of the metal layer was calculated from the arithmetic mean of the thicknesses at five locations measured in cross-sectional observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

金屬層可以為公知的金屬基板(包括市售品。)。金屬層可以藉由公知的方法來製造。金屬層可以藉由鑄造法、鍛造法、濺射法或電鍍法來製造。The metal layer may be a known metal substrate (including commercially available ones). The metal layer can be produced by known methods. The metal layer can be produced by casting, forging, sputtering or electroplating.

基材可以包括金屬層和基材層。基材層位於比金屬層更靠近基材的第2面的位置為較佳。基材層可以構成基材的第2面。基材層的結構可以為單層結構或多層結構。作為基材層的成分,例如可以舉出玻璃及聚合物。作為聚合物,例如可以舉出聚醯亞胺、環烯烴聚合物、聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚對酞酸乙二酯、三乙酸纖維素、聚苯乙烯及聚碳酸酯。基材層為玻璃基板或樹脂薄膜為較佳,樹脂薄膜為更佳。作為樹脂薄膜,例如可以舉出聚醯亞胺薄膜、環烯烴聚合物薄膜、聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。The substrate may include a metal layer and a substrate layer. It is preferable that the base material layer is located closer to the second surface of the base material than the metal layer. The base material layer may constitute the second surface of the base material. The structure of the substrate layer may be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. As a component of a base material layer, glass and a polymer are mentioned, for example. Examples of the polymer include polyimide, cycloolefin polymer, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, cellulose triacetate, polystyrene, and polycarbonate. The substrate layer is preferably a glass substrate or a resin film, more preferably a resin film. Examples of resin films include polyimide films, cycloolefin polymer films, polyethylene films, polypropylene films, polyethylene terephthalate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, and polycarbonate films. Ester film.

從抑制層壓時產生氣泡之觀點而言,基材的第1面的表面粗糙度Ra為5.0μm以下為較佳,3.0μm以下為更佳,1.0μm以下為進一步較佳。從抑制輸送時由潤滑性引起之劃痕之觀點而言,基材的第1面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.1μm以上為較佳,0.2μm以上為更佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing generation of air bubbles during lamination, the surface roughness Ra of the first surface of the substrate is preferably 5.0 μm or less, more preferably 3.0 μm or less, still more preferably 1.0 μm or less. From the viewpoint of suppressing scratches due to lubricity during transportation, the surface roughness Ra of the first surface of the substrate is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more.

從抑制層壓時產生氣泡之觀點而言,基材的第2面的表面粗糙度Ra為5.0μm以下為較佳,3.0μm以下為更佳,1.0μm以下為進一步較佳。從抑制輸送時由潤滑性引起之劃痕之觀點而言,基材的第2面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.1μm以上為較佳,0.2μm以上為更佳。基材的第2面的表面粗糙度Ra可以與基材的第1面的表面粗糙度Ra相同。基材的第2面的表面粗糙度Ra亦可以與基材的第1面的表面粗糙度Ra不同。From the viewpoint of suppressing generation of bubbles during lamination, the surface roughness Ra of the second surface of the substrate is preferably 5.0 μm or less, more preferably 3.0 μm or less, still more preferably 1.0 μm or less. From the viewpoint of suppressing scratches due to lubricity during transportation, the surface roughness Ra of the second surface of the substrate is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more. The surface roughness Ra of the second surface of the substrate may be the same as the surface roughness Ra of the first surface of the substrate. The surface roughness Ra of the second surface of the substrate may be different from the surface roughness Ra of the first surface of the substrate.

在本揭示中,表面粗糙度Ra使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo公司製造)進行測量。首先,使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo公司製造)得到對象面的表面輪廓。作為測量/分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,使用測量/分析軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,在Surface Map畫面中得到直方圖資料。採用由所得到之直方圖資料算出之算術平均粗糙度作為“表面粗糙度Ra”。In the present disclosure, the surface roughness Ra is measured using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation). First, use a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation) to obtain the surface profile of the object surface. As measurement/analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 was used. Then, use the measurement/analysis software to display the Surface Map screen, and obtain the histogram data in the Surface Map screen. The arithmetic mean roughness calculated from the obtained histogram data was used as "surface roughness Ra".

[貼合步驟] 在貼合步驟中,將基材與轉印膜進行貼合而在基材的第1面上依序配置轉印膜中所包括之感光性層及偽支撐體。 [Fitting procedure] In the bonding step, the base material and the transfer film are bonded together, and the photosensitive layer and the dummy support included in the transfer film are sequentially arranged on the first surface of the base material.

貼合步驟可以藉由公知的方法來實施。在貼合步驟中,使基材與轉印膜壓接為較佳。例如,藉由使基材與轉印膜與金屬層重合並使用輥等機構實施加壓及加熱而將基材與轉印膜進行貼合為較佳。在貼合步驟中,可以使用層壓機、真空層壓機及能夠提高生產性之自動切割層壓機之類的公知的層壓機。層壓溫度例如為70℃~130℃為較佳。當轉印膜包括保護膜時,貼合步驟在去除保護膜之後實施。The bonding step can be implemented by a known method. In the bonding step, it is preferable to press-bond the base material and the transfer film. For example, it is preferable to bond the base material and the transfer film by laminating the base material, the transfer film, and the metal layer, and applying pressure and heat using a mechanism such as a roller. In the bonding step, a known laminator such as a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an automatic cutting laminator capable of improving productivity can be used. The lamination temperature is preferably, for example, 70°C to 130°C. When the transfer film includes a protective film, the attaching step is performed after removing the protective film.

[曝光步驟] 在曝光步驟中,對配置於基材上之感光性層進行圖案曝光。“對感光性層進行圖案曝光”係指藉由向感光性層照射光而在感光性層形成曝光部及非曝光部。曝光部與非曝光部的位置關係例如可以根據目標光阻圖案的形狀而確定。 [Exposure steps] In the exposure step, pattern exposure is performed on the photosensitive layer arranged on the substrate. "Exposing a photosensitive layer in a pattern" means forming an exposed part and a non-exposed part in a photosensitive layer by irradiating light to a photosensitive layer. The positional relationship between the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion can be determined according to the shape of the target photoresist pattern, for example.

曝光步驟包括沿著從感光性層朝向基材之方向向感光性層照射光為較佳。The exposing step preferably includes irradiating light to the photosensitive layer in a direction from the photosensitive layer toward the substrate.

曝光步驟中使用之光包含選自包括365nm及405nm之群組中之至少一種波長為較佳。It is preferable that the light used in the exposure step contains at least one wavelength selected from the group including 365 nm and 405 nm.

作為光源,例如可以舉出超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈及LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)。As a light source, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, and LED(Light Emitting Diode: Light Emitting Diode) are mentioned, for example.

曝光量為5mJ/cm 2~200mJ/cm 2為較佳,10mJ/cm 2~100mJ/cm 2為更佳。 The exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ/cm 2 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 .

作為曝光方式,例如可以舉出接觸曝光方式及非接觸曝光方式。作為接觸曝光方式,例如可以舉出使用光罩之方法。作為非接觸曝光方式,例如可以舉出接近(proximity)曝光方式、透鏡系或反射鏡系的投影曝光方式及使用曝光雷射之直接曝光方式。在透鏡系或反射鏡系的投影曝光中,可以根據所需要的解析力及焦點深度而使用具有適當的透鏡開口數(NA)之曝光機。在直接曝光方式中,可以直接對感光性層實施描繪,或者可以經由透鏡對感光性層實施縮小投影曝光。曝光步驟可以在大氣下、減壓下或真空下實施。亦可以使水之類的液體介於光源與感光性層之間而實施曝光步驟。As an exposure method, a contact exposure method and a non-contact exposure method are mentioned, for example. As a contact exposure method, the method using a photomask is mentioned, for example. Examples of the non-contact exposure method include a proximity exposure method, a lens-based or mirror-based projection exposure method, and a direct exposure method using an exposure laser. In the projection exposure of a lens system or a mirror system, an exposure machine having an appropriate number of lens openings (NA) can be used according to the required resolution and depth of focus. In the direct exposure method, drawing may be directly performed on the photosensitive layer, or reduction projection exposure may be performed on the photosensitive layer through a lens. The exposure step can be performed under the atmosphere, under reduced pressure, or under vacuum. The exposure step can also be performed by interposing a liquid such as water between the light source and the photosensitive layer.

曝光步驟亦可以在剝離偽支撐體之前或剝離偽支撐體之後實施。當在剝離偽支撐體之前實施曝光步驟時,感光性層可以經由偽支撐體進行曝光。在使用光罩之曝光步驟中,可以在使光罩與感光性層接觸之狀態下對感光性層進行圖案曝光,或者可以在不使光罩接觸感光性層而使其靠近感光性層之狀態下對感光性層進行圖案曝光。為了防止由光罩與感光性層的接觸引起之光罩污染及避免由附著於光罩上之異物產生之對曝光的影響,不剝離偽支撐體而對感光性層進行圖案曝光為較佳。當經由偽支撐體對感光性層進行曝光時,在曝光步驟之後且顯影步驟之前剝離偽支撐體為較佳。The exposure step can also be carried out before or after peeling off the dummy support. When the exposure step is performed before peeling off the dummy support, the photosensitive layer can be exposed via the dummy support. In the exposure step using a photomask, the photosensitive layer may be subjected to pattern exposure with the photomask in contact with the photosensitive layer, or may be brought close to the photosensitive layer without making the photomask contact the photosensitive layer. Next, the photosensitive layer is subjected to pattern exposure. In order to prevent contamination of the photomask caused by the contact between the photomask and the photosensitive layer and to avoid the impact on exposure caused by foreign matter attached to the photomask, it is better to perform pattern exposure on the photosensitive layer without peeling off the dummy support. When exposing the photosensitive layer through a dummy support, it is preferable to peel off the dummy support after the exposure step and before the image development step.

[顯影步驟] 在顯影步驟中,對感光性層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案。光阻圖案藉由去除感光性層的曝光部或非曝光部而形成。當感光性層為負型感光性層時,通常藉由顯影處理而去除感光性層的非曝光部,由感光性層的曝光部形成光阻圖案。當感光性層為正型感光性層時,通常利用顯影液去除感光性層的曝光部,由感光性層的非曝光部形成光阻圖案。 [Development procedure] In the developing step, a developing process is performed on the photosensitive layer to form a photoresist pattern. The photoresist pattern is formed by removing the exposed portion or the non-exposed portion of the photosensitive layer. When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, the non-exposed portion of the photosensitive layer is usually removed by developing treatment, and a photoresist pattern is formed from the exposed portion of the photosensitive layer. When the photosensitive layer is a positive-type photosensitive layer, usually, the exposed portion of the photosensitive layer is removed with a developing solution, and a photoresist pattern is formed from the non-exposed portion of the photosensitive layer.

顯影處理例如使用顯影液來實施。作為顯影液,例如可以舉出公知的顯影液(例如,日本特開平5-72724號公報中所記載之顯影液)。作為顯影液,以0.05mol/L~5mol/L的濃度包含pKa=7~13的化合物之鹼水溶液系顯影液為較佳。作為鹼水溶液系的顯影液中所包含之鹼性化合物,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨及膽鹼(2-羥基乙基三甲基氫氧化銨)。顯影液可以包含水溶性有機溶劑。顯影液可以包含界面活性劑。作為較佳的顯影液,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0194段落中所記載之顯影液。The development treatment is performed using, for example, a developer. As a developing solution, a well-known developing solution (for example, the developing solution described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 5-72724) is mentioned, for example. As the developing solution, an alkali aqueous developing solution containing a compound with pKa=7-13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol/L-5 mol/L is preferable. Examples of the basic compound contained in the alkaline aqueous developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, Tetraethylammonium, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide). The developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent. The developer may contain a surfactant. As a preferable developing solution, the developing solution described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 can be mentioned, for example.

顯影液的溫度為20℃~40℃為較佳。The temperature of the developer is preferably 20°C to 40°C.

作為顯影方式,例如可以舉出旋覆浸沒顯影(puddle development)、噴淋顯影(shower development)、噴淋及旋轉顯影以及浸漬顯影。噴淋顯影係指藉由噴淋而向對象物噴吹顯影液之顯影方式。作為較佳的顯影方式,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0195段落中所記載之顯影方式。Examples of image development methods include spin-on-dip immersion development (puddle development), shower development (shower development), shower and spin development, and immersion development. Shower development refers to a development method in which a developer is sprayed onto an object by spraying. As a preferable image development method, the image development method described in paragraph 0195 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is mentioned, for example.

在顯影步驟之後殘留之顯影液及殘渣藉由公知的方法來去除為較佳。作為顯影液及殘渣的去除方法,例如可以舉出噴淋處理及AirKnife(氣刀)處理。在噴淋處理中,藉由噴淋而向對象物噴吹水及清洗劑之類的液體。殘渣亦可以使用刷子來去除。It is preferable to remove the remaining developer and residue after the developing step by a known method. As a method of removing a developing solution and residues, for example, shower processing and Air Knife (air knife) processing are mentioned. In the shower process, a liquid such as water or a cleaning agent is sprayed on an object by showering. Residue can also be removed with a brush.

光阻圖案的形狀可以根據蝕刻步驟中的目標貫通孔的形狀而確定。作為在俯視下觀察到之被光阻圖案劃定之開口的形狀,例如可以舉出圓形、橢圓形及四邊形。在俯視下觀察到之開口的形狀為四邊形為較佳,正方形或長方形為更佳。當在俯視下觀察到之開口為多邊形(例如,四邊形)時,多邊形的複數個角的一部分或全部可以帶圓角。The shape of the photoresist pattern may be determined according to the shape of the target through hole in the etching step. Examples of the shape of the opening defined by the resist pattern viewed in plan view include a circle, an ellipse, and a rectangle. The shape of the opening viewed from above is preferably a quadrilateral, more preferably a square or a rectangle. When the opening viewed from above is a polygon (for example, a quadrilateral), some or all of the plural corners of the polygon may be rounded.

被光阻圖案劃定之開口的直徑可以根據蝕刻步驟中的目標貫通孔的直徑而確定。被光阻圖案劃定之開口的直徑變得愈小,則在蝕刻步驟中形成於基材之貫通孔的直徑變得愈小。被光阻圖案劃定之開口的直徑為40μm以下為較佳,35μm以下為更佳,30μm以下為進一步較佳。此外,開口的直徑為25μm以下為較佳,20μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳。開口的直徑的下限並不受限制。開口的直徑的下限可以為5μm、1μm或0.1μm。The diameter of the opening defined by the photoresist pattern can be determined according to the diameter of the target through hole in the etching step. The smaller the diameter of the opening defined by the photoresist pattern becomes, the smaller the diameter of the through hole formed in the substrate during the etching step becomes. The diameter of the opening defined by the photoresist pattern is preferably 40 μm or less, more preferably 35 μm or less, and still more preferably 30 μm or less. In addition, the diameter of the opening is preferably 25 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less, and still more preferably 10 μm or less. The lower limit of the diameter of the opening is not limited. The lower limit of the diameter of the opening may be 5 μm, 1 μm or 0.1 μm.

在本揭示中,開口的直徑依據使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)得到的圖像來進行測量。開口的直徑由連結在俯視下觀察到之開口的輪廓線上的任意2點之直線的最大值來定義。當開口的數量為2個以上時,開口的直徑由開口的平均直徑表示。開口的平均直徑藉由10個開口的直徑的算術平均而算出。但是,當開口的數量為2個~9個時,開口的平均直徑藉由所有開口的直徑的算術平均而算出。In the present disclosure, the diameter of the opening is measured from an image obtained using a scanning electron microscope (SEM). The diameter of the opening is defined by the maximum value of a straight line connecting any two points on the contour line of the opening viewed from above. When the number of openings is two or more, the diameter of the openings is represented by the average diameter of the openings. The average diameter of the opening was calculated by the arithmetic mean of the diameters of 10 openings. However, when the number of openings is two to nine, the average diameter of the openings is calculated as the arithmetic mean of the diameters of all the openings.

當在俯視下觀察到之開口的形狀為四邊形時,四邊形的開口的一邊的長度為5μm~50μm為較佳,5μm~40μm為更佳,5μm~30μm為進一步較佳。When the shape of the opening viewed from above is quadrangular, the length of one side of the quadrangular opening is preferably 5 μm to 50 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 40 μm, and even more preferably 5 μm to 30 μm.

[蝕刻步驟] 在蝕刻步驟中,對基材實施蝕刻處理而形成從基材的第1面延伸至基材的第2面之貫通孔。貫通孔藉由去除未被光阻圖案保護之基材而形成。在蝕刻步驟中形成至少1個貫通孔。在蝕刻步驟中亦可以形成複數個貫通孔。 [etching step] In the etching step, the substrate is etched to form through holes extending from the first surface of the substrate to the second surface of the substrate. Through holes are formed by removing the substrate not protected by the photoresist pattern. At least one through hole is formed in the etching step. A plurality of through holes may also be formed in the etching step.

蝕刻處理可以為公知的方法。作為蝕刻處理,例如可以舉出濕式蝕刻及乾式蝕刻(例如,電漿蝕刻)。作為蝕刻處理,例如還可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0209段落~0210段落中所記載之方法及日本特開2010-152155號公報的0048段落~0054段落中所記載之方法。Etching treatment can be a known method. Examples of the etching process include wet etching and dry etching (for example, plasma etching). Examples of the etching treatment include the methods described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP-A-2017-120435 and the methods described in paragraphs 0048-0054 of JP-A-2010-152155.

蝕刻處理為濕式蝕刻為較佳。在濕式蝕刻中,通常使用蝕刻液。蝕刻液的種類可以根據蝕刻對象從酸性或鹼性蝕刻液中選擇。作為酸性蝕刻液,例如可以舉出包含選自包括鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、氫氟酸、草酸及磷酸之群組中之至少一種酸性成分之水溶液。作為酸性蝕刻液,例如還可以舉出上述酸性成分與選自包括氯化鐵、氟化銨及過錳酸鉀之群組中之至少一種鹽的混合水溶液。酸性成分亦可以為將複數個酸性成分組合而成之成分。作為鹼性蝕刻液,例如可以舉出包含選自包括氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氨、有機胺及有機胺的鹽(氫氧化四甲基銨等)之群組中之至少一種鹼成分之水溶液。作為鹼性蝕刻液,例如還可以舉出上述鹼成分與鹽(例如,過錳酸鉀)的混合水溶液。鹼成分亦可以為將複數個鹼成分組合而成之成分。The etching treatment is preferably wet etching. In wet etching, etchant is generally used. The type of etching solution can be selected from acidic or alkaline etching solution according to the etching object. Examples of the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution containing at least one acidic component selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid. As an acidic etchant, for example, a mixed aqueous solution of the above-mentioned acidic component and at least one salt selected from the group consisting of ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride, and potassium permanganate can also be mentioned. An acidic component may be a combination of several acidic components. Examples of alkaline etching solutions include those containing at least one alkali component selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines, and salts of organic amines (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.). aqueous solution. As an alkaline etching solution, the mixed aqueous solution of the said alkali component and a salt (for example, potassium permanganate) can also be mentioned, for example. The base component may be a combination of a plurality of base components.

從基材的第1面延伸至基材的第2面之貫通孔在基材的第1面具有開口且在基材的第2面具有開口。以下,有時將藉由貫通孔形成於基材的第1面之開口稱為“第1開口”,將藉由貫通孔形成於基材的第2面之開口稱為“第2開口”。作為在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔(亦即,開口)的形狀,例如可以舉出圓形、橢圓形及四邊形。在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔的形狀為四邊形為較佳,正方形或長方形為更佳。當在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔的形狀為多邊形(例如,四邊形)時,多邊形的複數個角的一部分或全部可以帶圓角。在剖視下觀察到之貫通孔被基材的內表面劃定。貫通孔可以被1個或2個以上的面劃定。劃定在剖視下觀察到之貫通孔之面可以為直線或曲線。劃定在剖視下觀察到之貫通孔之面亦可以為直線與曲線的組合。本段落中的“剖視”係指觀察沉積遮罩的沿厚度方向之剖面。The through hole extending from the first surface of the substrate to the second surface of the substrate has an opening on the first surface of the substrate and an opening on the second surface of the substrate. Hereinafter, the opening formed on the first surface of the substrate through the through hole may be referred to as "first opening", and the opening formed on the second surface of the substrate through the through hole may be referred to as "second opening". Examples of the shape of the through-hole (that is, the opening) viewed in plan view include a circle, an ellipse, and a rectangle. The shape of the through-hole viewed from above is preferably a quadrangle, more preferably a square or a rectangle. When the shape of the through-hole viewed from above is a polygon (for example, a quadrilateral), some or all of the plural corners of the polygon may be rounded. The through-holes observed in cross-section are defined by the inner surface of the substrate. A through hole may be defined by one or two or more planes. The surface delineating the through-hole viewed in cross-section may be a straight line or a curved line. The surface delineating the through-hole viewed in cross-section may also be a combination of straight lines and curved lines. "Cross-section" in this paragraph refers to observing the section along the thickness direction of the deposition mask.

基材的第2面中的貫通孔的直徑(亦即,第2開口的直徑)為40μm以下為較佳,35μm以下為更佳,30μm以下為進一步較佳。此外,第2開口的直徑為25μm以下為較佳,20μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳。若第2開口的直徑變小,則可以以高解析度形成圖案。第2開口的直徑的下限並不受限制。第2開口的直徑的下限可以為5μm、1μm或0.1μm。The diameter of the through-hole on the second surface of the substrate (that is, the diameter of the second opening) is preferably 40 μm or less, more preferably 35 μm or less, still more preferably 30 μm or less. In addition, the diameter of the second opening is preferably 25 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less, and still more preferably 10 μm or less. When the diameter of the second opening is reduced, a pattern can be formed with high resolution. The lower limit of the diameter of the second opening is not limited. The lower limit of the diameter of the second opening may be 5 μm, 1 μm or 0.1 μm.

基材的第2面中的貫通孔的直徑(亦即,第2開口的直徑)小於基材的第1面中的貫通孔的直徑(亦即,第1開口的直徑)為較佳。例如,在以使基材的第2面朝向對象物之方式配置沉積遮罩之沉積法中,從汽化源到達基材的第1面之物質沿著從基材的第1面朝向第2面之方向而在貫通孔中移動並附著於對象物上。若在如上所述之方法中第2開口的直徑小於第1開口的直徑,則從汽化源到達基材的第1面之物質容易進入到貫通孔中。其結果,例如,生產性及圖案的精度提高。The diameter of the through-hole on the second surface of the substrate (that is, the diameter of the second opening) is preferably smaller than the diameter of the through-hole on the first surface of the substrate (that is, the diameter of the first opening). For example, in a deposition method in which a deposition mask is arranged so that the second surface of the substrate faces the object, the substance that reaches the first surface of the substrate from the vaporization source travels along the direction from the first surface of the substrate toward the second surface. It moves in the through hole and attaches to the object in the same direction. In the above method, if the diameter of the second opening is smaller than that of the first opening, the substance reaching the first surface of the base material from the vaporization source will easily enter the through hole. As a result, for example, productivity and pattern accuracy are improved.

第2開口的直徑相對於第1開口的直徑之比為0.8以下為較佳,0.4以下為更佳,0.3以下為進一步較佳。從圖案的高解析化的觀點而言,第2開口的直徑相對於第1開口的直徑之比為0.01以上為較佳,0.1以上為更佳,0.15以上為進一步較佳。例如,認為蝕刻特性(例如,各向同性)會使第1開口的直徑與第2開口的直徑之間產生差異。The ratio of the diameter of the second opening to the diameter of the first opening is preferably 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.4 or less, still more preferably 0.3 or less. From the viewpoint of high resolution of the pattern, the ratio of the diameter of the second opening to the diameter of the first opening is preferably 0.01 or more, more preferably 0.1 or more, and still more preferably 0.15 or more. For example, it is considered that etching characteristics (for example, isotropy) cause a difference between the diameter of the first opening and the diameter of the second opening.

從圖案的高解析度化的觀點而言,第1開口的直徑為15μm~100μm為較佳,20μm~50μm為更佳,20μm~30μm為進一步較佳。第1開口的直徑的下限可以為8μm或10μm。From the viewpoint of increasing the resolution of the pattern, the diameter of the first opening is preferably 15 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 20 μm to 50 μm, and still more preferably 20 μm to 30 μm. The lower limit of the diameter of the first opening may be 8 μm or 10 μm.

第1開口的直徑及第2開口的直徑藉由遵照已敘述的被光阻圖案劃定之開口的直徑之方法進行測量。The diameter of the first opening and the diameter of the second opening were measured by following the method described above for the diameter of the opening defined by the resist pattern.

當第1開口的形狀為四邊形時,第1開口的一邊的長度為5μm~50μm為較佳,5μm~40μm為更佳,5μm~30μm為進一步較佳。當第2開口的形狀為四邊形時,5μm~50μm為較佳,5μm~40μm為更佳,5μm~30μm為進一步較佳。When the shape of the first opening is a quadrangle, the length of one side of the first opening is preferably 5 μm to 50 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 40 μm, and still more preferably 5 μm to 30 μm. When the shape of the second opening is a quadrangle, it is preferably 5 μm to 50 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 40 μm, and still more preferably 5 μm to 30 μm.

在剖視下觀察到之貫通孔的直徑可以沿著從基材的第1面朝向基材的第2面之方向連續地或不連續地變化。在剖視下觀察到之貫通孔的直徑沿著從第1面朝向第2面之方向逐漸縮小為較佳。本段落中的“剖視”係指觀察沉積遮罩的沿厚度方向之剖面。The diameter of the through-hole viewed in cross-section may change continuously or discontinuously along the direction from the first surface of the substrate toward the second surface of the substrate. It is preferable that the diameter of the through-hole viewed in cross-section gradually decreases along the direction from the first surface toward the second surface. "Cross-section" in this paragraph refers to observing the section along the thickness direction of the deposition mask.

[去除步驟] 在去除步驟中,去除光阻圖案。作為去除方法,例如可以舉出使用化學處理去除光阻圖案之方法。使用去除液去除光阻圖案之方法為較佳。 [removal steps] In the removing step, the photoresist pattern is removed. As a removal method, the method of removing a photoresist pattern using a chemical process is mentioned, for example. The method of using a remover to remove the photoresist pattern is preferred.

作為去除液,例如可以舉出包含無機鹼成分或有機鹼成分和水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮或該等的混合溶劑之去除液。作為無機鹼成分,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。作為有機鹼成分,例如可以舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。Examples of the removal liquid include those containing an inorganic base component or an organic base component, and water, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solvent thereof. As an inorganic base component, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide are mentioned, for example. As an organic base component, a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound, and a quaternary ammonium salt compound are mentioned, for example.

光阻圖案亦可以藉由在去除液中浸漬包括光阻圖案之積層體來去除。去除液的溫度為30℃~80℃為較佳,50℃~80℃為更佳。浸漬時間為1分鐘~30分鐘為較佳。在浸漬法中,可以攪拌去除液。The photoresist pattern can also be removed by immersing the laminate including the photoresist pattern in a removal solution. The temperature of the removal solution is preferably 30°C to 80°C, more preferably 50°C to 80°C. The immersion time is preferably 1 minute to 30 minutes. In the dipping method, the removal solution may be stirred.

光阻圖案例如可以藉由噴塗法、噴淋法或旋覆浸沒法來去除。The photoresist pattern can be removed, for example, by spraying, showering or spin-on-dip.

[其他步驟] 沉積遮罩之製造方法根據需要可以進一步包括其他步驟。 [additional steps] The manufacturing method of the deposition mask may further include other steps as required.

沉積遮罩之製造方法可以在貼合步驟之後包括加壓步驟。例如,在加壓步驟中,對藉由基材與轉印膜的貼合而得到之積層體進行加壓。被加壓之積層體為依序包括基材、感光性層及偽支撐體之積層體為較佳。被加壓之積層體亦可以為依序包括基材和感光性層之積層體。例如,若在貼合步驟之後剝離偽支撐體,則可形成依序包括基材和感光性層之積層體。在加壓步驟中,可以用高壓釜對藉由轉印膜與基材的貼合而得到之積層體進行加壓處理。例如,能夠在50℃~60℃、0.5MPa~0.6MPa及60分鐘的條件下進行加壓處理。藉由對積層體進行加壓處理,能夠提高基材與感光性層的密接性,感光性層對基材表面的凸凹的追隨性得到改善。加壓步驟在曝光步驟之前實施為較佳。The method of manufacturing the deposition mask may include a pressing step after the attaching step. For example, in the pressurization step, the laminate obtained by bonding the substrate and the transfer film is pressurized. It is preferable that the laminated body to be pressurized is a laminated body which sequentially includes a base material, a photosensitive layer, and a dummy support. The laminated body to be pressed may be a laminated body including a base material and a photosensitive layer in this order. For example, if the dummy support is peeled off after the bonding step, a laminate including a substrate and a photosensitive layer in this order can be formed. In the pressurizing step, the laminate obtained by bonding the transfer film and the substrate can be pressurized using an autoclave. For example, the pressure treatment can be performed under the conditions of 50° C. to 60° C., 0.5 MPa to 0.6 MPa, and 60 minutes. By subjecting the laminate to the pressure treatment, the adhesiveness between the base material and the photosensitive layer can be improved, and the followability of the photosensitive layer to the unevenness on the surface of the base material can be improved. The pressurizing step is preferably carried out before the exposure step.

當基材包括金屬層和基材層時,沉積遮罩之製造方法可以包括去除基材中所包括之基材層之步驟。When the substrate includes a metal layer and a substrate layer, the method of manufacturing the deposition mask may include a step of removing the substrate layer included in the substrate.

參閱圖1、圖2及圖3對沉積遮罩的結構進行說明。圖1係表示某一實施形態之沉積遮罩之概略俯視圖。圖2係放大表示圖1所示之沉積遮罩的貫通孔之概略俯視圖。圖3係放大表示圖1所示之沉積遮罩的貫通孔之概略剖面圖。沉積遮罩100包括具有第1面10F、第1面10F的相反側的第2面10R及貫通孔10H之金屬層10。金屬層10的第1面10F朝向看著圖1及圖2之觀察者。金屬層10的第1面10F及金屬層的第2面10R朝向相互相反的方向。如圖1及圖2所示,貫通孔10H被由金屬層10形成之格子狀的圖案劃定,而且,在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔10H的形狀為四邊形。在圖2中,雙重觀察到貫通孔10H的輪廓線之原因是由於,在形成於金屬層10的第1面10F之開口(具體而言為圖3中的第1開口10FA)的輪廓線的內側觀察到形成於金屬層10的第2面10R之開口(具體而言為圖3中的第2開口10RA)的輪廓線。如圖3所示,貫通孔10H從金屬層10的第1面10F延伸至金屬層10的第2面10R。貫通孔10H在金屬層10的第1面10F具有第1開口10FA,而且在金屬層10的第2面10R具有第2開口10RA。貫通孔10H被金屬層10的內表面劃定,劃定貫通孔10H之金屬層10的內表面為曲線。第2開口10RA的直徑小於第1開口10FA的直徑。貫通孔10H的直徑沿著從第1面10F朝向第2面10R之方向逐漸縮小。Referring to FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , the structure of the deposition mask will be described. FIG. 1 is a schematic top view showing a deposition mask of an embodiment. FIG. 2 is an enlarged schematic plan view of a through-hole of the deposition mask shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 3 is an enlarged schematic cross-sectional view of a through-hole of the deposition mask shown in FIG. 1 . The deposition mask 100 includes a metal layer 10 having a first surface 10F, a second surface 10R opposite to the first surface 10F, and a through hole 10H. The first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 faces the observer looking at FIGS. 1 and 2 . The first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 and the second surface 10R of the metal layer face directions opposite to each other. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 , the through-holes 10H are defined by a grid-like pattern formed by the metal layer 10 , and the shape of the through-holes 10H as viewed from above is quadrangular. In FIG. 2 , the reason why the contour line of the through hole 10H is double observed is that the contour line of the opening (specifically, the first opening 10FA in FIG. 3 ) formed on the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 is different. The outline of the opening (specifically, the second opening 10RA in FIG. 3 ) formed in the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 is seen from the inside. As shown in FIG. 3 , the through hole 10H extends from the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 to the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 . The through-hole 10H has a first opening 10FA on the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 , and has a second opening 10RA on the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 . The through hole 10H is defined by the inner surface of the metal layer 10 , and the inner surface of the metal layer 10 defining the through hole 10H is a curved line. The diameter of the second opening 10RA is smaller than the diameter of the first opening 10FA. The diameter of the through hole 10H gradually decreases along the direction from the first surface 10F toward the second surface 10R.

參閱圖4對沉積遮罩之製造方法進行說明。圖4係表示某一實施形態之沉積遮罩之製造方法之概略剖面圖。如圖4(a)所示,準備具有第1面10F及第1面10F的相反側的第2面10R之金屬層10。如圖4(b)所示,將轉印膜(省略圖示)與金屬層10進行貼合而在金屬層10的第1面10F上配置感光性層20。如圖4(c)所示,對感光性層20進行圖案曝光,接著,對感光性層20實施顯影處理,藉此形成光阻圖案21。如圖4(d)所示,藉由對金屬層10實施蝕刻處理而形成貫通孔10H。認為在蝕刻處理的過程中,發生各向同性蝕刻(亦即,除了向金屬層10的深度方向進行之蝕刻以外,向與金屬層10的深度方向正交之方向進行之蝕刻)而形成具有如圖4(d)所示之剖面形狀之貫通孔10H。如圖4(e)所示,藉由去除光阻圖案21而得到沉積遮罩100。形成於金屬層10之貫通孔10H從金屬層10的第1面10F延伸至金屬層10的第2面10R。貫通孔10H在金屬層10的第1面10F形成第1開口10FA,而且,在金屬層10的第2面10R形成第2開口10RA。Referring to FIG. 4, the manufacturing method of the deposition mask is described. Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method of manufacturing a deposition mask according to an embodiment. As shown in FIG. 4( a ), the metal layer 10 having the first surface 10F and the second surface 10R opposite to the first surface 10F is prepared. As shown in FIG. 4( b ), a transfer film (not shown) is bonded to the metal layer 10 to arrange the photosensitive layer 20 on the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 . As shown in FIG. 4( c ), pattern exposure is performed on the photosensitive layer 20 , and then, a development process is performed on the photosensitive layer 20 to form a photoresist pattern 21 . As shown in FIG. 4( d ), through-holes 10H are formed by etching the metal layer 10 . It is considered that during the etching process, isotropic etching (that is, etching in a direction perpendicular to the depth direction of the metal layer 10 in addition to etching in the depth direction of the metal layer 10) occurs to form a Through-hole 10H having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 4( d ). As shown in FIG. 4( e ), the deposition mask 100 is obtained by removing the photoresist pattern 21 . The through hole 10H formed in the metal layer 10 extends from the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 to the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 . The through hole 10H forms a first opening 10FA in the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 , and forms a second opening 10RA in the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 .

藉由本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法而得到之沉積遮罩可以包括其他構成要素。作為其他構成要素,例如可以舉出框體。框體能夠使沉積遮罩增強或者提高沉積遮罩的操作性。框體在俯視下可以配置於貫通孔的周圍,或者在俯視下可以配置於中沉積遮罩的外周。作為框體的成分,例如可以舉出金屬。作為金屬,例如可以舉出Fe-Ni合金(例如,因鋼)及Fe-Ni-Co合金(例如,超級因鋼)。The deposition mask obtained by the manufacturing method of the deposition mask of the present disclosure may include other constituent elements. As other constituent elements, for example, a housing can be mentioned. The frame can enhance the deposition mask or improve the operability of the deposition mask. The frame body may be disposed around the through hole in plan view, or may be disposed on the outer periphery of the deposition mask in plan view. As a component of a frame body, metal is mentioned, for example. Examples of metals include Fe—Ni alloys (for example, Invar) and Fe—Ni—Co alloys (for example, Super Invar).

作為藉由本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法而得到之沉積遮罩的較佳用途,例如可以舉出使用沉積法之圖案的製造方法。在沉積法中,沉積遮罩以基材的第2面朝向對象物之方式配置於對象物上為較佳。若基材的第2面面向對象物,則從汽化源到達基材的第1面之物質容易進入到貫通孔中。進入到貫通孔中之物質沿著從基材的第1面朝向第2面之方向而在貫通孔中移動並附著於對象物上。藉由通過了貫通孔之物質堆積於對象物上而形成圖案。作為形成圖案之對象物,例如可以舉出玻璃基板及樹脂薄膜。沉積法的種類、沉積法的條件及被沉積之物質的種類例如可以根據目標圖案而確定。作為較佳的沉積法,例如可以舉出真空沉積法。作為沉積遮罩的具體用途,例如可以舉出OLED(Organic Light Emitting Diode:有機發光二極體)之製造方法。 [實施例] As a preferable use of the deposition mask obtained by the manufacturing method of the deposition mask of this disclosure, the manufacturing method of the pattern using a deposition method is mentioned, for example. In the deposition method, it is preferable to arrange the deposition mask on the object so that the second surface of the substrate faces the object. When the second surface of the substrate faces the object, the substance reaching the first surface of the substrate from the vaporization source easily enters the through-holes. The substance entering the through hole moves in the through hole along the direction from the first surface of the substrate toward the second surface, and adheres to the object. Patterns are formed by depositing substances passing through the through holes on the object. Examples of objects to be patterned include glass substrates and resin films. The type of deposition method, the conditions of the deposition method, and the type of deposited substance can be determined according to the target pattern, for example. As a preferable deposition method, a vacuum deposition method is mentioned, for example. As a specific application of the deposition mask, for example, a method for manufacturing an OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode: Organic Light Emitting Diode) can be mentioned. [Example]

以下,利用實施例對本揭示進行詳細說明。但是,本揭示並不限於以下實施例。在以下說明中,只要沒有特別指定,則“%”係指“質量%”,“份”係指“質量份”。Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail using examples. However, the present disclosure is not limited to the following examples. In the following description, unless otherwise specified, "%" means "mass %", and "part" means "mass part".

<偽支撐體1> 藉由以下方法製作出偽支撐體1。 <Pseudo-support 1> The dummy support 1 was produced by the following method.

[含粒子層形成用組成物1的製備] 將混合下述成分而得到之混合物使用6μm過濾器(F20,Mahle Filter Systems Japan Corp.製造)進行過濾,接著,使用2×6Radial Flow Super Phobic(Polypore Co.,Ltd.製造)進行了膜脫氣。藉由以上程序得到了含粒子層形成用組成物1。 [Preparation of Composition 1 for Particle-Containing Layer Formation] A mixture obtained by mixing the following components was filtered using a 6 μm filter (F20, manufactured by Mahle Filter Systems Japan Corp.), and then membrane degassed using 2×6 Radial Flow Super Phobic (manufactured by Polypore Co., Ltd.) . Composition 1 for forming a particle-containing layer was obtained through the above procedures.

·丙烯酸聚合物(AS-563A,Daicel Fine Chem Ltd.,固體成分:27.5質量%):167份 ·非離子系界面活性劑(NAROACTY CL95,Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.,固體成分:100質量%):0.7份 ·陰離子系界面活性劑(RAPISOL A-90,NOF CORPORATION,用水稀釋為1質量%的固體成分):114.4份 ·巴西棕櫚蠟分散物(Cellosol 524,CHUKYO YUSHI CO.,LTD.,固體成分:30質量%):7份 ·碳二亞胺化合物(CARBODILITE V-02-L2,Nisshinbo Chemical Inc.,用水稀釋為10質量%的固體成分):20.9份 ·消光劑(SNOWTEX XL,Nissan Chemical Corporation,固體成分:40質量%,平均粒徑:50nm):2.8份 ·水:690.2份 Acrylic polymer (AS-563A, Daicel Fine Chem Ltd., solid content: 27.5% by mass): 167 parts ・Nonionic surfactant (NAROACTY CL95, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., solid content: 100% by mass): 0.7 parts ・Anionic surfactant (RAPISOL A-90, NOF CORPORATION, diluted with water to a solid content of 1% by mass): 114.4 parts ・Carnauba wax dispersion (Cellosol 524, CHUKYO YUSHI CO.,LTD., solid content: 30% by mass): 7 parts ・Carbodiimide compound (CARBODILITE V-02-L2, Nisshinbo Chemical Inc., diluted with water to a solid content of 10% by mass): 20.9 parts Matting agent (SNOWTEX XL, Nissan Chemical Corporation, solid content: 40% by mass, average particle diameter: 50nm): 2.8 parts ·Water: 690.2 parts

[擠出成形] 對使用日本專利第5575671號公報中所記載之檸檬酸螯合有機鈦錯合物作為聚合觸媒而製作之聚對酞酸乙二酯的顆粒進行乾燥而使含水率成為50ppm以下。將顆粒投入到直徑30mm的單軸混煉擠出機的料斗中,在280℃下熔融並擠出。使熔融體通過過濾器(孔徑:2μm)之後,從模具向25℃的冷卻輥擠出。具體而言,使用靜電施加法使熔融體密接於冷卻輥。藉由以上程序得到了未拉伸薄膜。 [extrusion molding] The pellets of polyethylene terephthalate produced by using the citric acid chelated organic titanium complex described in Japanese Patent No. 5575671 as a polymerization catalyst are dried so that the moisture content becomes 50 ppm or less. The pellets were charged into a hopper of a 30 mm diameter single-screw kneading extruder, melted and extruded at 280°C. After passing the melt through a filter (pore size: 2 μm), it was extruded from a die onto a 25° C. cooling roll. Specifically, the melt was brought into close contact with the cooling roll using an electrostatic application method. An unstretched film was obtained by the above procedure.

[拉伸及塗佈] 利用以下方法,對經固化之未拉伸薄膜實施了逐次雙軸拉伸。 [Stretching and Coating] The cured unstretched film was sequentially biaxially stretched by the following method.

(a)縱向拉伸 使未拉伸薄膜在圓周速度不同的2對夾持輥之間通過而沿縱向(輸送方向)進行了拉伸。具體而言,在將預熱溫度設為75℃、拉伸溫度設為90℃、拉伸倍率設為3.4倍、拉伸速度設為1300%/秒之條件下進行了拉伸。 (a) Longitudinal stretch The unstretched film was stretched in the longitudinal direction (transportation direction) by passing between two pairs of nip rolls having different peripheral speeds. Specifically, stretching was carried out under the conditions that the preheating temperature was 75° C., the stretching temperature was 90° C., the stretching ratio was 3.4 times, and the stretching speed was 1300%/sec.

(b)塗佈 使用棒塗機在經縱向拉伸之薄膜的單面以製膜後的厚度成為40nm之方式塗佈了含粒子層形成用組成物1。 (b) coating Composition 1 for forming a particle-containing layer was coated on one side of the longitudinally stretched film using a bar coater so that the thickness after film formation became 40 nm.

(c)橫向拉伸 使用拉幅機對經過了縱向拉伸及塗佈之薄膜在下述條件下進行了橫向拉伸。 預熱溫度:110℃ 拉伸溫度:120℃ 拉伸倍率:4.2倍 拉伸速度:50%/秒 (c) Transverse stretch The longitudinally stretched and coated film was laterally stretched under the following conditions using a tenter. Preheating temperature: 110°C Stretching temperature: 120°C Stretch ratio: 4.2 times Stretching speed: 50%/sec

[熱固定] 在下述條件下對橫向拉伸後的雙軸拉伸薄膜進行了熱固定。 熱固定溫度:227℃ 熱固定時間:6秒 [heat fix] The biaxially stretched film after transverse stretching was heat-set under the following conditions. Heat Fixing Temperature: 227°C Heat fixation time: 6 seconds

[熱鬆弛] 熱固定之後,縮小拉幅機的寬度,在下述條件下進行了熱鬆弛。 熱鬆弛溫度:190℃ 熱鬆弛率:4% [hot relaxation] After heat setting, the width of the tenter was narrowed, and thermal relaxation was performed under the following conditions. Thermal relaxation temperature: 190°C Thermal relaxation rate: 4%

[捲取] 熱鬆弛之後,修整薄膜的兩端,在薄膜的端部以寬度10mm進行擠出加工(滾花)之後,以40kg/m的張力捲取了薄膜。薄膜的寬度為1.5m,薄膜的卷長為6,300m。將所得到之薄膜卷設為偽支撐體。偽支撐體包括具有16μm的厚度之聚酯薄膜和具有40nm的厚度之含粒子層。 [coiling] After thermal relaxation, both ends of the film were trimmed, and the film was wound up at a tension of 40 kg/m after extruding (knurling) the ends of the film at a width of 10 mm. The width of the film was 1.5 m, and the roll length of the film was 6,300 m. The obtained film roll was used as a dummy support. The pseudo-support consisted of a polyester film with a thickness of 16 μm and a particle-containing layer with a thickness of 40 nm.

偽支撐體的霧度值為0.2%。使用霧度計(NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造,NDH2000),作為總光霧度而測量了霧度值。基於150℃及30分鐘的加熱之熱收縮率在MD(輸送方向,Machine Direction)側為1.0%,在TD(薄膜的面內方向中與輸送方向正交之方向,Transverse Direction)側為0.2%。使用剖面TEM照片測量之含粒子層的厚度為40nm。使用Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation製造之HT-7700型透過型電子顯微鏡(TEM)測量之含粒子層中所包含之粒子的平均粒徑為50nm。The haze value of the pseudo-support was 0.2%. The haze value was measured as the total haze using a haze meter (manufactured by NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES CO., LTD., NDH2000). The thermal shrinkage rate based on heating at 150°C for 30 minutes is 1.0% on the MD (Machine Direction) side, and 0.2% on the TD (Transverse Direction), the direction perpendicular to the conveying direction in the in-plane direction of the film. . The thickness of the particle-containing layer measured using a cross-sectional TEM photograph was 40 nm. The average particle diameter of the particles contained in the particle-containing layer measured using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) Model HT-7700 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation was 50 nm.

<感光性組成物1~17> 混合了按照表1的記載選擇之成分和甲基乙基酮(SANKYO CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.,60份)與丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(SHOWA DENKO K.K.,40份)的混合溶劑。關於混合溶劑的添加量,以使感光性組成物的固體成分濃度成為13質量%之方式調整了混合溶劑的量。藉由將所得到之混合物使用具有2.0μm的孔徑之聚四氟乙烯製過濾器進行過濾而製備出感光性組成物。 <Photosensitive compositions 1 to 17> Components selected as described in Table 1 and a mixed solvent of methyl ethyl ketone (SANKYO CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., 60 parts) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (SHOWA DENKO K.K., 40 parts) were mixed. About the addition amount of a mixed solvent, the quantity of a mixed solvent was adjusted so that the solid content density|concentration of the photosensitive composition might become 13 mass %. A photosensitive composition was prepared by filtering the obtained mixture using a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene having a pore size of 2.0 μm.

[表1] 感光性組成物(各成分的添加量的單位:質量份(固體成分)) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 聚合物 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/6/42(質量%) 酸值=39,Mw=60,000 50.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/13/35(質量%) 酸值=85,Mw=60,000 - 50.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/28/20(質量%) 酸值=182,Mw=60,000 - - 50.00 - - 50.00 50.00 - - - - - - - - 50.00 - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/34/14(質量%) 酸值=222,Mw=60,000 - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/39/9(質量%) 酸值=254,Mw=60,000 - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/28/20(質量%) 酸值=182,Mw=5,000 - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/28/20(質量%) 酸值=182,Mw=12,000 - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/28/20(質量%) 酸值=182,Mw=20,000 - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/28/20(質量%) 酸值=182,Mw=70,000 - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/28/20(質量%) 酸值=182,Mw=100,000 - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - 甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸=78/22(質量%) 酸值=143,Mw=40,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=50/34/16(質量%) 酸值=222,Mw=35,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - 甲基丙烯酸環己酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/19/29(質量%) 酸值=124,Mw=30,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯=52/3/45(質量%) 酸值=20,Mw=60,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 聚合性 化合物 BPE-500(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.) 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 - 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 36.00 15.50 在雙酚A的兩端分別加成有平均15莫耳的環氧乙烷和平均2莫耳的環氧丙烷之聚乙二醇的二甲基丙烯酸酯 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 - 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 - 10.00 M-270(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 - A-TMPT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.) 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 - 5.00 SR-454(Arkema S.A.公司) 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 - 4.50 A-9300-CL1(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.) 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 - 9.77 DPHA(二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯) - - - - - 25.50 - - - - - - - - - - - 聚合起始劑 B-CIM(KUROGANE KASEI Co.,Ltd.) 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 6.80 3.35 增感劑 SB-PI 701(Sanyo Trading Co.,Ltd.) 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.60 0.35 鏈轉移劑 無色結晶紫(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.) 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.30 0.55 N-苯甘胺酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.12 - 著色劑 亮綠(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.) 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02    0.02 防銹劑 CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.10 - 1-(2-二-正丁基胺基甲基)-5-羧基苯并三唑與1-(2-二-正丁基胺基甲基)-6-羧基苯并三唑的混合物(質量比=1:1) 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 - 0.08 聚合抑制劑 TDP-G(Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Company, Limited) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.27 - Irganox245(BASF公司) 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 - 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 - 0.20 N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 - 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 - 0.01 抗氧化劑 菲尼酮(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.02 - 界面活性劑 F-552(DIC Corporation) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.30 - [Table 1] Photosensitive composition (unit of addition amount of each component: parts by mass (solid content)) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 polymer Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/6/42 (mass%) acid value=39, Mw=60,000 50.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/13/35 (mass%) acid value=85, Mw=60,000 - 50.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/28/20 (mass%) acid value=182, Mw=60,000 - - 50.00 - - 50.00 50.00 - - - - - - - - 50.00 - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/34/14 (mass%) acid value=222, Mw=60,000 - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/39/9 (mass %) acid value=254, Mw=60,000 - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/28/20 (mass%) acid value=182, Mw=5,000 - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/28/20 (mass%) acid value=182, Mw=12,000 - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/28/20 (mass%) acid value=182, Mw=20,000 - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/28/20 (mass%) acid value=182, Mw=70,000 - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/28/20 (mass%) acid value=182, Mw=100,000 - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - - Benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid=78/22 (% by mass), acid value=143, Mw=40,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=50/34/16 (mass%) acid value=222, Mw=35,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - - Cyclohexyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/19/29 (mass %) acid value=124, Mw=30,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 - - Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/3/45 (mass%) acid value=20, Mw=60,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 polymeric compound BPE-500 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 - 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 36.00 15.50 Dimethacrylate of polyethylene glycol with an average of 15 moles of ethylene oxide and an average of 2 moles of propylene oxide added to both ends of bisphenol A 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 - 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 - 10.00 M-270 (TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 - A-TMPT (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 - 5.00 SR-454 (Arkema SA company) 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 - 4.50 A-9300-CL1 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 9.77 - 9.77 DPHA (Di-Neopentylthritol Hexaacrylate) - - - - - 25.50 - - - - - - - - - - - polymerization initiator B-CIM (KUROGANE KASEI Co., Ltd.) 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 6.80 3.35 Sensitizer SB-PI 701 (Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd.) 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.60 0.35 chain transfer agent Colorless crystal violet (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.) 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.30 0.55 N-Phenylglycine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.12 - Colorant Bright green (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.) 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Rust inhibitor CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.10 - Mixture of 1-(2-di-n-butylaminomethyl)-5-carboxybenzotriazole and 1-(2-di-n-butylaminomethyl)-6-carboxybenzotriazole ( Mass ratio = 1:1) 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 - 0.08 polymerization inhibitor TDP-G (Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Company, Limited) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.27 - Irganox245 (BASF company) 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 - 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 - 0.20 N-Nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt (FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 - 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 - 0.01 Antioxidants Phenidone (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.02 - Surfactant F-552 (DIC Corporation) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.30 -

<水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物1> 混合以下成分而製備出水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物1。 ·離子交換水:38.12份 ·甲醇(Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.):57.17份 ·KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA(聚乙烯醇,Kuraray Co.,Ltd.):3.22份 ·聚乙烯吡咯啶酮K-30(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.):1.49份 ·MEGAFACE F-444(氟系界面活性劑,DIC Corporation):0.0035份 <Water-soluble resin layer-forming composition 1> The composition 1 for forming a water-soluble resin layer was prepared by mixing the following components. ·Ion-exchanged water: 38.12 parts Methanol (Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.): 57.17 parts ・KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA (polyvinyl alcohol, Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 3.22 parts ・Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30 (NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.): 1.49 parts ・MEGAFACE F-444 (fluorine-based surfactant, DIC Corporation): 0.0035 parts

<熱塑性樹脂層形成用組成物1> 混合以下成分而製備出熱塑性樹脂層形成用組成物1。BzMA表示甲基丙烯酸苄酯,MAA表示甲基丙烯酸,AA表示丙烯酸。 ·包含聚合物(BzMA/MAA/AA=78/14.5/7.5(質量%),40質量%)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(30質量%)及1-甲氧基-2-丙醇(30質量%)之溶液:40.00份 ·聚合性化合物(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.):6.00份 ·聚合性化合物(8UX-015A,Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.):3.00份 ·聚合性化合物(ARONIX TO-2349,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.):1.00份 ·界面活性劑(MEGAFACE F-552,DIC Corporation):0.02份 ·添加劑(啡噻口井):0.06份 ·添加劑(CBT-1,JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.):0.03份 ·溶劑(甲基乙基酮):49.9份 <Thermoplastic resin layer-forming composition 1> Composition 1 for forming a thermoplastic resin layer was prepared by mixing the following components. BzMA represents benzyl methacrylate, MAA represents methacrylic acid, and AA represents acrylic acid. Contains polymer (BzMA/MAA/AA=78/14.5/7.5 (mass %), 40 mass %), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (30 mass %), and 1-methoxy-2-propanol ( 30% by mass) solution: 40.00 parts ・Polymer compound (A-DCP, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 6.00 parts · Polymeric compound (8UX-015A, Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 3.00 parts ・Polymerizable compound (ARONIX TO-2349, TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.): 1.00 parts · Surfactant (MEGAFACE F-552, DIC Corporation): 0.02 parts Additives (Phenibutan well): 0.06 parts ・Additive (CBT-1, JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.): 0.03 parts ・Solvent (methyl ethyl ketone): 49.9 parts

<實施例1~18及比較例1> 使用狹縫狀噴嘴,在偽支撐體1上塗佈按照表2的記載選擇之感光性組成物之後,在80℃及2分鐘的條件下對感光性組成物進行乾燥,藉此形成了具有表2中所記載之厚度之感光性層。藉由以上程序得到了包括偽支撐體和感光性層之轉印膜。 <Examples 1 to 18 and Comparative Example 1> Using a slit-shaped nozzle, after coating the photosensitive composition selected according to the description in Table 2 on the dummy support 1, the photosensitive composition was dried at 80° C. for 2 minutes, thereby forming a photosensitive composition with a surface The thickness of the photosensitive layer described in 2. A transfer film including a pseudo-support and a photosensitive layer was obtained through the above procedures.

<實施例19~20> 使用狹縫狀噴嘴,在偽支撐體1上塗佈熱塑性樹脂層形成用組成物1之後,在80℃及2分鐘的條件下對熱塑性樹脂層形成用組成物1進行乾燥,藉此形成了具有表2中所記載之厚度之熱塑性樹脂層。使用狹縫狀噴嘴,在熱塑性樹脂層上塗佈水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物1之後,在90℃及2分鐘的條件下對水溶性樹脂層形成用組成物1進行乾燥,藉此形成了具有表2中所記載之厚度之水溶性樹脂層。使用狹縫狀噴嘴,在水溶性樹脂層上塗佈按照表2的記載選擇之感光性組成物之後,在80℃及2分鐘的條件下對感光性組成物進行乾燥,藉此形成了具有表2中所記載之厚度之感光性層。藉由以上程序得到了包括偽支撐體、熱塑性樹脂層、水溶性樹脂層及感光性層之轉印膜。 <Examples 19-20> After coating the thermoplastic resin layer-forming composition 1 on the dummy support 1 using a slit-shaped nozzle, the thermoplastic resin layer-forming composition 1 was dried at 80° C. for 2 minutes to form a The thermoplastic resin layer with the thickness listed in Table 2. After coating the water-soluble resin layer-forming composition 1 on the thermoplastic resin layer using a slit nozzle, the water-soluble resin layer-forming composition 1 was dried at 90°C for 2 minutes to form The water-soluble resin layer having the thickness described in Table 2. Using a slit-shaped nozzle, apply the photosensitive composition selected according to the description in Table 2 on the water-soluble resin layer, and then dry the photosensitive composition at 80°C for 2 minutes, thereby forming a photosensitive composition with a surface The thickness of the photosensitive layer described in 2. A transfer film comprising a pseudo-support, a thermoplastic resin layer, a water-soluble resin layer and a photosensitive layer was obtained through the above procedures.

<評價> 使用實施例及比較例中所製造之各轉印膜實施了以下評價。參考日本特開2019-214788號,藉由以下方法製作出以下評價中使用之因鋼製基材。首先,準備了由包含36質量%的鎳、殘餘部分的鐵及不可避免的雜質之鐵合金構成之母材。接著,對母材實施壓延步驟、切縫(slit)步驟及退火步驟而得到了具有30μm的厚度之因鋼製基材。因鋼製基材的第1面的靜摩擦係數為0.61,因鋼製基材的第1面的動摩擦係數為0.52。因鋼製基材的第1面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.8μm,因鋼製基材的第2面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.9μm。因鋼製基材對應於已敘述的金屬層。 <Evaluation> The following evaluations were implemented using each transfer film manufactured in the Example and the comparative example. Referring to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-214788, the Invar steel substrate used in the following evaluations was produced by the following method. First, a base material composed of an iron alloy containing 36% by mass of nickel, the remainder of iron, and unavoidable impurities was prepared. Next, a rolling step, a slit step, and an annealing step were performed on the base material to obtain a base material made of steel having a thickness of 30 μm. Since the static friction coefficient of the first surface of the steel substrate is 0.61, the dynamic friction coefficient of the first surface of the steel substrate is 0.52. Since the surface roughness Ra of the first surface of the steel substrate is 0.8 μm, the surface roughness Ra of the second surface of the steel substrate is 0.9 μm. Since the steel substrate corresponds to the metal layer already described.

[圖案化性] (光阻圖案的製作) (1)使用真空層壓機(MCK Co.,Ltd.,輥溫度:100℃,線壓:1.0MPa,線速度:0.5m/分鐘),對具有20μm的厚度之因鋼製基材以卷對卷方式貼合轉印膜而在因鋼製基材的第1面上依序配置了轉印層及偽支撐體。所得到之積層體依序包括因鋼製基材、轉印層及偽支撐體。 (2)使用高壓釜裝置,對積層體在0.6MPa、60℃及60分鐘的條件下實施了加壓脫泡。 (3)使用超高壓水銀燈,不剝離偽支撐體而經由光罩對轉印層進行了曝光。光罩的圖案包括複數個正方形的遮光部,遮光部的一邊的長度在10μm至100μm為止以5μm的單位階段性地設定。 (4)剝離偽支撐體之後,藉由顯影形成了光阻圖案。具體而言,使用25℃的1.0質量%碳酸鈉水溶液進行了噴淋顯影。在顯影中,將顯影時間設定為非曝光部對25℃的1.0質量%碳酸鈉水溶液的溶解時間的1.5倍。 (5)關於被光阻圖案劃定之開口,直至與在光罩中一邊的長度為30μm的遮光部對應之開口的一邊的長度恰好成為30μm為止,適當變更曝光條件及顯影條件而重複了上述(1)~(4)的一連串操作。以下,將關於對象的開口而形成了一邊的長度為30μm的開口之條件稱為“標準條件”。 (6)藉由上述(1)~(2)中所記載之方法製作出積層體。使用超高壓水銀燈,不剝離偽支撐體而經由光罩在標準條件下對轉印層進行了曝光。光罩的圖案包括複數個正方形的遮光部,遮光部的一邊的長度在10μm至100μm為止以5μm的單位階段性地設定。剝離偽支撐體之後,在標準條件下實施顯影而形成了光阻圖案。 [patternability] (Preparation of photoresist pattern) (1) Using a vacuum laminator (MCK Co., Ltd., roll temperature: 100° C., line pressure: 1.0 MPa, line speed: 0.5 m/min), a steel substrate having a thickness of 20 μm was rolled The transfer film was bonded face to face, and the transfer layer and the dummy support were sequentially arranged on the first surface of the steel substrate. The obtained laminated body sequentially includes the steel base material, the transfer layer and the pseudo-support body. (2) Using an autoclave apparatus, pressure defoaming was performed on the laminate under the conditions of 0.6 MPa, 60° C., and 60 minutes. (3) Using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, the transfer layer was exposed through a photomask without peeling off the dummy support. The pattern of the mask includes a plurality of square light-shielding portions, and the length of one side of the light-shielding portion is set stepwise in units of 5 μm from 10 μm to 100 μm. (4) After peeling off the dummy support, a photoresist pattern is formed by developing. Specifically, shower image development was performed using 25 degreeC 1.0 mass % sodium carbonate aqueous solution. In image development, the image development time was set to 1.5 times the dissolution time of the non-exposed part with respect to the 1.0 mass % sodium carbonate aqueous solution of 25 degreeC. (5) Regarding the opening defined by the photoresist pattern, until the length of one side of the opening corresponding to the light-shielding portion with a side length of 30 μm in the mask becomes exactly 30 μm, the exposure conditions and development conditions were appropriately changed and the above was repeated. A series of operations from (1) to (4). Hereinafter, the condition in which an opening with a length of 30 μm on one side is formed with respect to the target opening is referred to as “standard condition”. (6) A laminate is produced by the method described in (1) to (2) above. Using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, the transfer layer was exposed through a photomask under standard conditions without peeling off the dummy support. The pattern of the mask includes a plurality of square light-shielding portions, and the length of one side of the light-shielding portion is set stepwise in units of 5 μm from 10 μm to 100 μm. After peeling off the dummy support, development was performed under standard conditions to form a resist pattern.

(最小解析度) 使用掃描型電子顯微鏡觀察了上述(6)中所得到之光阻圖案。依據在光阻圖案中被適當解析之最小開口的一邊的長度,按照以下基準評價了最小解析度。將評價結果示於表2中。 A:未達15μm B:15μm以上且未達25μm C:25μm以上 (minimum resolution) The resist pattern obtained in (6) above was observed using a scanning electron microscope. Based on the length of one side of the smallest opening properly resolved in the resist pattern, the minimum resolution was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. A: less than 15μm B: 15 μm or more and less than 25 μm C: 25 μm or more

(開口直徑的穩定性) 使用掃描型電子顯微鏡觀察了上述(6)中所得到之光阻圖案。測量了與在光罩中一邊的長度為30μm的遮光部對應之100個開口的每一個的一邊的長度。依據最大值與最小值之差(亦即,[一邊的長度的最大值]-[一邊的長度的最小值]),按照以下基準評價了開口直徑的穩定性。 將評價結果示於表2中。 A:未達1.0μm B:1.0μm以上且未達2.0μm C:2.0μm以上且未達3.0μm D:3.0μm以上 (Stability of opening diameter) The resist pattern obtained in (6) above was observed using a scanning electron microscope. The length of one side of each of the 100 openings corresponding to the light-shielding portion having a side length of 30 μm in the mask was measured. From the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value (that is, [the maximum value of the length of one side] - [the minimum value of the length of one side]), the stability of the opening diameter was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. A: Less than 1.0 μm B: 1.0 μm or more and less than 2.0 μm C: 2.0 μm or more and less than 3.0 μm D: 3.0 μm or more

(開口直徑隨曝光後的放置時間的變化) 將曝光後的放置時間(亦即,從曝光結束至顯影開始為止的時間)設定為1小時而藉由上述(6)中所記載之方法製作出光阻圖案。此外,將曝光後的放置時間設定為24小時而藉由上述(6)中所記載之方法製作出光阻圖案。測量了經過1小時的放置時間而形成之開口的直徑D1及經過24小時的放置時間而形成之開口的直徑D24。依據按照以下式算出之開口直徑的變化率,按照以下基準評價了開口直徑隨曝光後的放置時間的變化。將評價結果示於表2中。 式:開口直徑的變化率(%)={(|D24-D1|)/D1}×100 A:未達10% B:10%以上且未達20% C:20%以上且未達40% D:40%以上 (Changes in opening diameter with time after exposure) A photoresist pattern was produced by the method described in (6) above by setting the standing time after exposure (that is, the time from the end of exposure to the start of development) to 1 hour. In addition, a photoresist pattern was produced by the method described in (6) above by setting the standing time after exposure to 24 hours. The diameter D1 of the opening formed after leaving for 1 hour and the diameter D24 of the opening formed after leaving for 24 hours were measured. Based on the change rate of the opening diameter calculated by the following formula, the change of the opening diameter with the standing time after exposure was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. Formula: Change rate of opening diameter (%)={(|D24-D1|)/D1}×100 A: Less than 10% B: More than 10% and less than 20% C: More than 20% and less than 40% D: more than 40%

(開口的缺損) 使用光學顯微鏡觀察了上述(6)中所得到之光阻圖案。觀察一邊的長度為20μm的100個開口的缺損狀態,並按照以下基準評價了開口的缺損。 將評價結果示於表2中。 A:確認不到缺損。 B:在1處或2處確認到缺損。 C:在3處~5處確認到缺損。 D:在6處以上確認到缺損,或者未殘留有光阻圖案。 (opening defect) The resist pattern obtained in (6) above was observed using an optical microscope. The defect state of 100 openings each having a length of 20 μm on one side was observed, and the defect of the opening was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. A: No defect was confirmed. B: Defects were confirmed at 1 or 2 places. C: Defects were confirmed at 3 to 5 places. D: Chipping was confirmed at 6 or more places, or no photoresist pattern remained.

(顯影殘渣) 使用光學顯微鏡觀察了上述(6)中所得到之光阻圖案。觀察一邊的長度為30μm的100個開口,並按照以下基準評價了顯影殘渣。 將評價結果示於表2中。 A:確認不到顯影殘渣。 B:在1處或2處確認到顯影殘渣。 C:在3處以上確認到顯影殘渣。 (Development residue) The resist pattern obtained in (6) above was observed using an optical microscope. 100 openings each having a length of 30 μm on one side were observed, and development residue was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. A: No development residue was confirmed. B: Development residue was confirmed at 1 or 2 places. C: Development residue was confirmed at 3 or more places.

[層壓性] (1)使用真空層壓機(MCK Co.,Ltd.,輥溫度:100℃,線壓:1.0MPa,線速度:0.5m/分鐘),對具有20μm的厚度之因鋼製基材以卷對卷方式貼合轉印膜而在因鋼製基材的第1面上依序配置了轉印層及偽支撐體。所得到之積層體至少依序包括因鋼製基材、轉印層及偽支撐體。 (2)使用高壓釜裝置,對積層體在0.6MPa、60℃及60分鐘的條件下實施了加壓脫泡。 (3)使用光學顯微鏡觀察積層體中所包含之氣泡,並按照以下基準評價了密接性。氣泡的數量愈少,則密接性愈高。將評價結果示於表2中。 A:未達10個 B:10個以上且未達100個 C:100個以上 [lamination properties] (1) Using a vacuum laminator (MCK Co., Ltd., roll temperature: 100° C., line pressure: 1.0 MPa, line speed: 0.5 m/min), a steel base material having a thickness of 20 μm was rolled The transfer film was bonded face to face, and the transfer layer and the dummy support were sequentially arranged on the first surface of the steel substrate. The obtained laminate at least sequentially includes a steel substrate, a transfer layer and a pseudo-support. (2) Using an autoclave apparatus, pressure defoaming was performed on the laminate under the conditions of 0.6 MPa, 60° C., and 60 minutes. (3) The bubbles contained in the laminate were observed using an optical microscope, and the adhesiveness was evaluated according to the following criteria. The smaller the number of air cells, the higher the adhesion. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. A: Less than 10 B: More than 10 and less than 100 C: more than 100

[表2]    轉印膜 熱塑性樹脂層 水溶性樹脂層 感光性層 圖案化性 層壓性 組成物 厚度 組成物 厚度 組成物 厚度 90℃下的 儲存彈性係數 (Pa) 30℃下的 複數黏度 (Pa) 酸值 (mg/KOH) 最小 解析度 開口直徑 的穩定性 開口直徑隨曝光後的放置時間的變化 開口的 缺損 顯影 殘渣 實施例1 1 - - - - 1 10.0μm 6×10 2 9×10 4 20 C C C C B A 實施例2 2 - - - - 2 10.0μm 5×10 3 7×10 5 43 B B B A A A 實施例3 3 - - - - 3 10.0μm 3×10 4 6×10 6 92 B B B A A A 實施例4 4 - - - - 4 10.0μm 2×10 5 7×10 7 112 B B B A A A 實施例5 5 - - - - 5 10.0μm 8×10 5 9×10 8 128 B B B B A B 實施例6 6 - - - - 3 5.0μm 3×10 4 6×10 6 92 A A A A A A 實施例7 7 - - - - 3 15.0μm 3×10 4 6×10 6 92 B B B A A A 實施例8 8 - - - - 3 20.0μm 8×10 4 6×10 6 92 C C C B A A 實施例9 9 - - - - 6 10.0μm 3×10 4 9×10 6 92 B C B B A A 實施例10 10 - - - - 7 10.0μm 3×10 4 6×10 6 92 B C C A A A 實施例11 11 - - - - 8 10.0μm 1×10 2 8×10 3 92 B B B C C A 實施例12 12 - - - - 9 10.0μm 8×10 2 2×10 5 92 B B B B A A 實施例13 13 - - - - 10 10.0μm 9×10 3 3×10 6 92 B B B A A A 實施例14 14 - - - - 11 10.0μm 2×10 5 6×10 7 92 B B B A A A 實施例15 15 - - - - 12 10.0μm 3×10 6 7×10 8 92 B B B A A C 實施例16 16 - - - - 13 10.0μm 1×10 4 3×10 5 72 B B B A A A 實施例17 17 - - - - 14 10.0μm 8×10 3 2×10 5 112 B B B A A A 實施例18 18 - - - - 15 10.0μm 3×10 3 8×10 4 62 B C B B A A 實施例19 19 1 6.0μm 1 1.0μm 16 2.0μm 6×10 4 4×10 6 92 A A A A A A 實施例20 20 1 2.0μm 1 1.0μm 16 6.0μm 6×10 4 4×10 6 92 A A A A A A 比較例1 21 - - - - 17 10.0μm 3×10 2 3×10 4 10 C D C D B A [Table 2] transfer film thermoplastic resin layer Water-soluble resin layer photosensitive layer patterning Lamination Composition thickness Composition thickness Composition thickness Storage modulus of elasticity at 90°C (Pa) Complex viscosity at 30°C (Pa) Acid value (mg/KOH) minimum resolution Stability of opening diameter Variation of opening diameter with time after exposure opening defect Development residue Example 1 1 - - - - 1 10.0μm 6×10 2 9×10 4 20 C C C C B A Example 2 2 - - - - 2 10.0μm 5×10 3 7×10 5 43 B B B A A A Example 3 3 - - - - 3 10.0μm 3×10 4 6×10 6 92 B B B A A A Example 4 4 - - - - 4 10.0μm 2×10 5 7×10 7 112 B B B A A A Example 5 5 - - - - 5 10.0μm 8×10 5 9×10 8 128 B B B B A B Example 6 6 - - - - 3 5.0μm 3×10 4 6×10 6 92 A A A A A A Example 7 7 - - - - 3 15.0μm 3×10 4 6×10 6 92 B B B A A A Example 8 8 - - - - 3 20.0μm 8×10 4 6×10 6 92 C C C B A A Example 9 9 - - - - 6 10.0μm 3×10 4 9×10 6 92 B C B B A A Example 10 10 - - - - 7 10.0μm 3×10 4 6×10 6 92 B C C A A A Example 11 11 - - - - 8 10.0μm 1×10 2 8×10 3 92 B B B C C A Example 12 12 - - - - 9 10.0μm 8×10 2 2×10 5 92 B B B B A A Example 13 13 - - - - 10 10.0μm 9×10 3 3×10 6 92 B B B A A A Example 14 14 - - - - 11 10.0μm 2×10 5 6×10 7 92 B B B A A A Example 15 15 - - - - 12 10.0μm 3×10 6 7×10 8 92 B B B A A C Example 16 16 - - - - 13 10.0μm 1×10 4 3×10 5 72 B B B A A A Example 17 17 - - - - 14 10.0μm 8×10 3 2×10 5 112 B B B A A A Example 18 18 - - - - 15 10.0μm 3×10 3 8×10 4 62 B C B B A A Example 19 19 1 6.0μm 1 1.0μm 16 2.0μm 6×10 4 4×10 6 92 A A A A A A Example 20 20 1 2.0μm 1 1.0μm 16 6.0μm 6×10 4 4×10 6 92 A A A A A A Comparative example 1 twenty one - - - - 17 10.0μm 3×10 2 3×10 4 10 C D. C D. B A

表2示出,與比較例1相比,在實施例1~20中,開口的缺損少。亦即,與比較例1相比,在實施例1~20中形成了缺損少的光阻圖案。Table 2 shows that, compared with Comparative Example 1, in Examples 1 to 20, there are fewer defects in openings. That is, compared with the comparative example 1, in Examples 1-20, the resist pattern with few chipping was formed.

<實施例101~120> 使用實施例1~20的各轉印膜,藉由以下方法製造出沉積遮罩。藉由上述“圖案化性”的評價的(6)中所記載之方法,使用轉印膜在因鋼製基材上形成了光阻圖案。但是,在曝光中,使用了具有長25μm×寬25μm的複數個正方形的遮光部之光罩。使用蝕刻液(參閱日本特開2018-178142號公報的實施例1),在50℃、噴塗壓力0.2MPa的條件下藉由噴塗法噴霧而進行蝕刻處理,從而在因鋼製基材上形成了複數個貫通孔。蝕刻處理時間設為直至形成貫通孔為止的最小時間的1.2倍的時間。使用4質量%氫氧化鈉溶液去除光阻圖案而得到了沉積遮罩。在實施例101~120中,因鋼製基材的第1面中的貫通孔的直徑在23μm~27μm的範圍內,因鋼製基材的第2面中的貫通孔的直徑在15μm~19μm的範圍內。 <Examples 101 to 120> Using each of the transfer films of Examples 1 to 20, a deposition mask was produced by the following method. By the method described in (6) of the evaluation of the above-mentioned "patternability", a resist pattern was formed on the base material made of Invar using the transfer film. However, for exposure, a mask having a plurality of square light-shielding portions of 25 μm in length and 25 μm in width was used. Using an etchant (refer to Example 1 of JP-A-2018-178142), etch by spraying at 50°C and a spraying pressure of 0.2MPa to form a steel substrate. A plurality of through holes. The etching processing time was set to 1.2 times the minimum time until the through hole was formed. The deposition mask was obtained by removing the photoresist pattern using 4% by mass sodium hydroxide solution. In Examples 101 to 120, since the diameter of the through-hole on the first surface of the steel substrate is in the range of 23 μm to 27 μm, the diameter of the through-hole on the second surface of the steel substrate is 15 μm to 19 μm. In the range.

10:金屬層 10F:第1面 10FA:第1開口 10H:貫通孔 10R:第2面 10RA:第2開口 20:感光性層 21:光阻圖案 100:沉積遮罩 10: metal layer 10F: Side 1 10FA: the first opening 10H: through hole 10R: side 2 10RA: 2nd opening 20: photosensitive layer 21: Photoresist pattern 100: Deposition mask

圖1係表示某一實施形態之沉積遮罩之概略俯視圖。 圖2係放大表示圖1所示之沉積遮罩的貫通孔之概略俯視圖。 圖3係放大表示圖1所示之沉積遮罩的貫通孔之概略剖面圖。 圖4係表示某一實施形態之沉積遮罩之製造方法之概略剖面圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic top view showing a deposition mask of an embodiment. FIG. 2 is an enlarged schematic plan view of a through-hole of the deposition mask shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 3 is an enlarged schematic cross-sectional view of a through-hole of the deposition mask shown in FIG. 1 . Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method of manufacturing a deposition mask according to an embodiment.

10:金屬層 10: metal layer

10F:第1面 10F: Side 1

10H:貫通孔 10H: through hole

100:沉積遮罩 100: Deposition mask

Claims (20)

一種沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其依序包括: 偽支撐體;及 感光性層,包含具有30mgKOH/g以上的酸值之聚合物。 A transfer film for deposition mask formation, which sequentially includes: pseudo-supports; and The photosensitive layer contains a polymer having an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more. 如請求項1所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述聚合物的酸值為270mgKOH/g以下。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to Claim 1, wherein The acid value of the said polymer is 270 mgKOH/g or less. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述感光性層的酸值為15mg/KOH以上。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The acid value of the said photosensitive layer is 15 mg/KOH or more. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述感光性層的酸值為135mg/KOH以下。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The acid value of the said photosensitive layer is 135 mg/KOH or less. 如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其在前述偽支撐體與前述感光性層之間包括中間層。The transfer film for forming a deposition mask according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which includes an intermediate layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive layer. 如請求項1至請求項5之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述偽支撐體的平均厚度為50μm以下。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of claim 1 to claim 5, wherein The average thickness of the aforementioned pseudo-support is 50 μm or less. 如請求項1至請求項6之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述偽支撐體的霧度值為5%以下。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of claim 1 to claim 6, wherein The haze value of the pseudo-support is 5% or less. 如請求項1至請求項7之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述聚合物的重量平均分子量為10,000以上。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of claim 1 to claim 7, wherein The weight average molecular weight of the said polymer is 10,000 or more. 如請求項1至請求項8之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述聚合物包含具有芳香環之構成單元。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of claim 1 to claim 8, wherein The aforementioned polymer includes a structural unit having an aromatic ring. 如請求項1至請求項9之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述感光性層包含具有雙酚A結構之聚合性化合物。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of claim 1 to claim 9, wherein The aforementioned photosensitive layer contains a polymerizable compound having a bisphenol A structure. 如請求項1至請求項10之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述感光性層包含選自包括具有肟酯結構之化合物、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之化合物、具有醯基氧化膦結構之化合物及具有三芳基咪唑結構之化合物之群組中之至少一種聚合起始劑。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of claim 1 to claim 10, wherein The aforementioned photosensitive layer comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds having an oxime ester structure, compounds having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure, compounds having an acyl phosphine oxide structure, and compounds having a triaryl imidazole structure Polymerization initiator. 如請求項1至請求項11之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述感光性層包含選自包括二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧蒽酮化合物、噻噸酮化合物、吖啶酮化合物、口咢唑化合物、苯并口咢唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物、茋化合物、三口井化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳基胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物之群組中之至少一種增感劑。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of claim 1 to claim 11, wherein The aforementioned photosensitive layer comprises a compound selected from dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, and oxazole compounds. Groups of compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds, stilbene compounds, three well compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridine compounds at least one sensitizer from the group. 如請求項1至請求項12之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 前述感光性層包含聚合抑制劑。 The transfer film for deposition mask formation according to any one of claim 1 to claim 12, wherein The said photosensitive layer contains a polymerization inhibitor. 如請求項1至請求項13之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 90℃下之前述感光性層的儲存彈性係數為1.0×10 6Pa以下。 The transfer film for forming a deposition mask according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the storage elastic coefficient of the photosensitive layer at 90° C. is 1.0×10 6 Pa or less. 如請求項1至請求項14之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜,其中 30℃下之前述感光性層的複數黏度為1.0×10 4Pa以上。 The transfer film for forming a deposition mask according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the complex viscosity of the photosensitive layer at 30°C is 1.0×10 4 Pa or higher. 一種沉積遮罩之製造方法,其包括如下步驟: 準備請求項1至請求項15之任一項所述之沉積遮罩形成用轉印膜; 準備具有第1面及前述第1面的相反側的第2面之基材; 將前述基材與前述轉印膜進行貼合而在前述基材的前述第1面上依序配置前述轉印膜中所包括之感光性層及偽支撐體; 對配置於前述基材上之前述感光性層進行圖案曝光; 對前述感光性層進行圖案曝光之後,對前述感光性層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案; 形成前述光阻圖案之後,對前述基材實施蝕刻處理而形成從前述基材的前述第1面延伸至前述基材的前述第2面之貫通孔;及 形成前述貫通孔之後,去除前述光阻圖案。 A method of manufacturing a deposition mask, comprising the steps of: Prepare the transfer film for deposition mask formation described in any one of claim 1 to claim 15; Prepare a base material having a first surface and a second surface on the opposite side of the first surface; bonding the aforementioned base material and the aforementioned transfer film, and sequentially disposing the photosensitive layer and the pseudo-support included in the aforementioned transfer film on the aforementioned first surface of the aforementioned base material; performing pattern exposure on the aforementioned photosensitive layer configured on the aforementioned substrate; After performing pattern exposure on the aforementioned photosensitive layer, performing developing treatment on the aforementioned photosensitive layer to form a photoresist pattern; After forming the aforementioned photoresist pattern, performing an etching process on the aforementioned substrate to form a through hole extending from the aforementioned first surface of the aforementioned substrate to the aforementioned second surface of the aforementioned substrate; and After the aforementioned through hole is formed, the aforementioned photoresist pattern is removed. 如請求項16所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中 前述第1面的表面粗糙度Ra為1.0μm以下。 The method for manufacturing a deposition mask as claimed in claim 16, wherein The surface roughness Ra of the first surface is 1.0 μm or less. 如請求項16或請求項17之任一項所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中 前述基材包括具有30μm以下的平均厚度之金屬層。 The method for manufacturing a deposition mask according to any one of claim 16 or claim 17, wherein The aforementioned base material includes a metal layer having an average thickness of 30 μm or less. 如請求項18所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中 前述金屬層包含鐵。 The method for manufacturing a deposition mask as claimed in claim 18, wherein The aforementioned metal layer contains iron. 如請求項16至請求項19之任一項所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中 前述基材的前述第2面中的前述貫通孔的直徑為35μm以下。 The method of manufacturing a deposition mask according to any one of claim 16 to claim 19, wherein The diameter of the through hole in the second surface of the base material is 35 μm or less.
TW111127242A 2021-08-31 2022-07-20 Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask and manufacturing method of vapor deposition mask TW202311856A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-141606 2021-08-31
JP2021141606A JP2023035028A (en) 2021-08-31 2021-08-31 Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202311856A true TW202311856A (en) 2023-03-16

Family

ID=85292768

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111127242A TW202311856A (en) 2021-08-31 2022-07-20 Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask and manufacturing method of vapor deposition mask

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2023035028A (en)
CN (1) CN115729035A (en)
TW (1) TW202311856A (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023035028A (en) 2023-03-13
CN115729035A (en) 2023-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021199996A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and temporary support body for photosensitive transfer material
WO2022163778A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing electronic device, and photosensitive transfer material
JP7479487B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, etching method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7342246B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022045203A1 (en) Transfer film, manufacturing method for laminate, and manufacturing method for circuit wiring
TW202311856A (en) Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask and manufacturing method of vapor deposition mask
TW202311543A (en) Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask, manufacturing method of vapor deposition mask and vapor deposition mask
TW202242165A (en) Production method for vapor deposition mask, transfer film for producing vapor deposition mask and vapor deposition mask
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2024004430A1 (en) Transfer film, pattern forming method, and circuit wiring manufacturing method
JP2022168819A (en) Transfer film for manufacturing vapor deposition mask, vapor deposition mask, and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
WO2021220980A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2022138493A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and transfer film
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022138154A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and transfer film
TW202325543A (en) Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
TW202330959A (en) Method of producing deposition mask
JP2023097347A (en) Method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
TW202311872A (en) Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film
CN116324619A (en) Information providing method, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing touch panel
TW202231479A (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminate
TW202307026A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having a conductive pattern
TW202330287A (en) Transfer film and method for forming conductor pattern